快乐巴利palinanda.cc

清净道论·慧地的解说 Paññābhūminiddeso

本经目录十七、慧地的解说缘起论五百八十、而这样宣说时,这暂且是此中的略说。「以无明为缘而有行」句论《发趣论》诸缘论「以无明为缘而有行」句的详说这是关于「以无明为缘而有行」一句的详说。「以行为缘而有识」句的详说六百三十、因为于这些[生]中——六百三十六、现在,为了破除对于所有那三十二种异熟识的迷惑——这是关于「以行为缘而有识」一句的详说。「以识为缘而有名色」句的详说这是关于「以识为缘而有名色」一句的详说。「以名色为缘而有六处」句的详说「以六处为缘而有触」句的详说这是关于「以六处为缘而有触」一句的详说。「以触为缘而有受」句的详说这是关于「以触为缘而有受」一句的详说。「以受为缘而有爱」句的详说这是关于「以受为缘而有爱」一句的详说。「以爱为缘而有取」句的详说这是关于「以爱为缘而有取」一句的详说。「以取为缘而有有」句的详说这是关于「以取为缘而有有」一句的详说。「以有为缘而有生」等的详说这是关于「以有为缘而有生」等[句]的详说。有轮论如是,在为令善人愉悦而造的《清净道论》中,于慧的修习之部,名为〈慧地的解说〉的第十七章[终]。

已对照

十七、慧地的解说

17. Paññābhūminiddeso
已对照

缘起论

Paṭiccasamuppādakathā
570缅 2.148已对照

五百七十、如今,在「蕴、处、界、根、谛、缘起等之别的诸法是地」如是所说的、作为此慧之地的诸法中,由于还剩下缘起,以及以「等」字所摄的缘生之法,所以轮到对它们的解释次第了。

570. Idāni ‘‘khandhāyatanadhātuindriyasaccapaṭiccasamuppādādibhedā dhammā bhūmī’’ti evaṃ vuttesu imissā paññāya bhūmibhūtesu dhammesu yasmā paṭiccasamuppādoceva, ādisaddena saṅgahitā paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā ca avasesā honti, tasmā tesaṃ vaṇṇanākkamo anuppatto.
已对照

此中,首先应知无明等法是缘起。因为这已由世尊说过——

Tattha avijjādayo tāva dhammā paṭiccasamuppādoti veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
已对照

「诸比丘,什么是缘起?诸比丘,以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识;以识为缘而有名色;以名色为缘而有六处;以六处为缘而有触;以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有爱;以爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有;以有为缘而有生,以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。这样,这整个苦蕴就集起了。诸比丘,这称为缘起。」(《相应部》2.1)

‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? Avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.1).
已对照

而应知老死等是缘生之法。因为这已由世尊说过——

Jarāmaraṇādayo pana paṭiccasamuppannā dhammāti veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
已对照

「诸比丘,什么是缘生之法?诸比丘,老死是无常的、有为的、缘生的、尽之法、衰灭之法、离贪之法、灭之法。诸比丘,生……乃至……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……行……诸比丘,无明是无常的、有为的、缘生的、尽之法、衰灭之法、离贪之法、灭之法。诸比丘,这些称为缘生之法。」(《相应部》2.20)

‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā? Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammaṃ. Jāti, bhikkhave…pe… bhavo… upādānaṃ… taṇhā… vedanā… phasso… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhārā… avijjā, bhikkhave, aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.20).
571缅 2.149已对照

五百七十一、这是此中的略说。「缘起」者:应知是诸缘法。「缘生之法」者:即由各各缘所生的诸法。若[问]:「这应如何了知?」[答:]依世尊之语。因为世尊在开示缘起与缘生之法的经中——

571. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepo. Paṭiccasamuppādoti paccayadhammā veditabbā. Paṭiccasamuppannā dhammāti tehi tehi paccayehi nibbattadhammā. Kathamidaṃ jānitabbanti ce? Bhagavato vacanena. Bhagavatā hi paṭiccasamuppādapaṭiccasamuppannadhammadesanāsutte –
已对照

「诸比丘,什么是缘起?诸比丘,以生为缘而有老死。无论诸如来出现,或诸如来不出现,那界正是确立的——[即]法住性、法决定性、此缘性。如来现正觉它、现观它;现正觉、现观之后,告示、开示、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明[它],并说『你们看』——『诸比丘,以生为缘而有老死。』诸比丘,以有为缘而有生……乃至……诸比丘,以无明为缘而有行。无论诸如来出现……乃至……阐明[它],并说『你们看』——『诸比丘,以无明为缘而有行。』诸比丘,如此,凡此中的如性、不虚妄性、不异如性、此缘性——诸比丘,这称为缘起。」(《相应部》2.20)

‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? Jātipaccayā, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ, uppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā idappaccayatā. Taṃ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti, abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññapeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti, passathāti cāha. Jātipaccayā, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ. Bhavapaccayā, bhikkhave, jāti…pe… avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā uppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ…pe… uttānīkaroti passathāti cāha. Avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā. Iti kho, bhikkhave, yā tatra tathatā avitathatā anaññathatā idappaccayatā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.20).
572已对照

五百七十二、如是开示缘起时,以如性等同义语,说诸缘法本身为缘起。所以应知:缘起以作为老死等法之缘为相,以随系于苦为味,以歧道为现起。

572. Evaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ desentena tathatādīhi vevacanehi paccayadhammāva paṭiccasamuppādoti vuttā. Tasmā jarāmaraṇādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ paccayalakkhaṇo paṭiccasamuppādo, dukkhānubandhanaraso, kummaggapaccupaṭṭhānoti veditabbo.
已对照

而这[缘起],由于各各法正是由不少不多的各各缘而生起,[故]说为「如性」;由于诸缘达到和合时,哪怕一刹那由它们而生的诸法也无不生起,[故说为]「不虚妄性」;由于不由他法之缘而生起他法,[故说为]「不异如性」;由于是前面所说这些老死等的缘,或缘之聚,[故说为]「此缘性」。

So panāyaṃ tehi tehi paccayehi anūnādhikeheva tassa tassa dhammassa sambhavato tathatāti, sāmaggiṃ upagatesu paccayesu muhuttampi tato nibbattadhammānaṃ asambhavābhāvato avitathatāti, aññadhammapaccayehi aññadhammānuppattito anaññathatāti, yathāvuttānaṃ etesaṃ jarāmaraṇādīnaṃ paccayato vā paccayasamūhato vā idappaccayatāti vutto.
573已对照

五百七十三、此中这是语义:这些[法]的缘,为「此缘(idappaccayā)」;此缘本身即是此缘性;或者此缘之聚为此缘性。而此中的[语法]规则,应从声论中寻求。

573. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho, imesaṃ paccayā idappaccayā. Idappaccayā eva idappaccayatā. Idappaccayānaṃ vā samūho idappaccayatā. Lakkhaṇaṃ panettha saddasatthato pariyesitabbaṃ.
574缅 2.150已对照

五百七十四、然而某些[师]说:「缘于[诸缘]、且正当地、不依待外道所构想的原质、神我等原因的生起,是缘起」——如是说唯是生起为缘起,那不合理。为什么呢?由于无经、由于违经、由于甚深理趣不能成立、由于语法违失。因为并没有「唯是生起为缘起」这样的经。而对于把那[唯是生起]说为「缘起」者,便陷于与《一分住经》相违。如何[相违]呢?因为依「那时世尊于夜的初分,顺逆地作意缘起」(《大品》1)等语,世尊对缘起的作意是[他]初现正觉时的住,而一分住是那[住]的一部分之住。即如所说:「诸比丘,以哪一种住,我初现正觉时而住,我就以那[住]的一分而住了。」(《相应部》5.11)而在那里,[世尊]是以见缘之行相而住,不是以见唯是生起[而住]。即如所说:「我这样了知:以邪见为缘也有感受,以正见为缘也有感受,以邪思惟为缘也有感受。」(《相应部》5.11)一切应广说。如是,对于把唯是生起说为「缘起」者,便陷于与《一分住经》相违。同样,[陷于]与《迦旃延经》相违。

574. Keci pana paṭicca sammā ca titthiyaparikappitapakatipurisādikāraṇanirapekkho uppādo paṭiccasamuppādoti evaṃ uppādamattaṃ paṭiccasamuppādoti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati. Kasmā? Suttābhāvato, suttavirodhato, gambhīranayāsambhavato, saddabhedato ca. ‘‘Uppādamattaṃ paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti hi suttaṃ natthi. Taṃ ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti ca vadantassa padesavihārasuttavirodho āpajjati. Kathaṃ? Bhagavato hi ‘‘atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ manasākāsī’’ti (mahāva. 1) ādivacanato paṭiccasamuppādamanasikāro paṭhamābhisambuddhavihāro, padesavihāro ca tassekadesavihāro. Yathāha ‘‘yena svāhaṃ, bhikkhave, vihārena paṭhamābhisambuddho viharāmi, tassa padesena vihāsi’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.11). Tatra ca paccayākāradassanena vihāsi, na uppādamattadassanenāti. Yathāha ‘‘so evaṃ pajānāmi micchādiṭṭhipaccayāpi vedayitaṃ sammādiṭṭhipaccayāpi vedayitaṃ micchāsaṅkappapaccayāpi vedayita’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.11) sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Evaṃ uppādamattaṃ ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti vadantassa padesavihārasuttavirodho āpajjati. Tathā kaccānasuttavirodho.
已对照

因为在《迦旃延经》中也是:「迦旃延,对如实以正慧见世间之集起者而言,凡于世间的无性,那便不存在」(《相应部》2.15)——[世尊]是由于[它]是世间之缘,而把顺[序]缘起说为「世间之集起」,是为了根除断见而宣说,不是[说]唯是生起。因为由见唯是生起,并不能根除断见;而由见诸缘不断绝则能。因为诸缘不断绝时,果也不断绝。如是,对于把唯是生起说为「缘起」者,也陷于与《迦旃延经》相违。

Kaccānasuttepi hi ‘‘lokasamudayaṃ kho, kaccāna, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā loke natthitā, sā na hotī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.15) anulomapaṭiccasamuppādo lokapaccayato ‘‘lokasamudayo’’ti ucchedadiṭṭhisamugghātatthaṃ pakāsito, na uppādamattaṃ. Na hi uppādamattadassanena ucchedadiṭṭhiyā samugghāto hoti. Paccayānuparamadassanena pana hoti. Paccayānuparame phalānuparamatoti. Evaṃ uppādamattaṃ ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti vadantassa kaccānasuttavirodhopi āpajjati.
已对照

「由于甚深理趣不能成立」者:而这已由世尊说过:「阿难,这缘起是甚深的,显现[也]是甚深的。」(《长部》2.95;《相应部》2.60)而所谓甚深性有四种,那我们将在后面解释。那[甚深性]在唯是生起中是没有的。而[诸师]解释这缘起是以四种理趣为庄严的,那理趣四法在唯是生起中也是没有的——如是,由于甚深理趣不能成立,唯是生起也不是缘起。

Gambhīranayāsambhavatoti vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso cā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.95; saṃ. ni. 2.60). Gambhīrattañca nāma catubbidhaṃ, taṃ parato vaṇṇayissāma. Taṃ uppādamatte natthi. Catubbidhanayapaṭimaṇḍitañcetaṃ paṭiccasamuppādaṃ vaṇṇayanti, tampi nayacatukkaṃ uppādamatte natthīti gambhīranayāsambhavatopi na uppādamattaṃ paṭiccasamuppādo.
575缅 2.151已对照

五百七十五、「由于语法违失」者:而这 paṭicca 一语,用于同一作者[的]前时[动作]时,才成就义。例如:「缘于眼与诸色而生起眼识。」(《相应部》2.43)然而此处,它与体语成的「生起(uppāda)」一语连用时,由于没有同一作者,便陷于语法违失,也成就不了任何义——如是,由于语法违失,唯是生起也不是缘起。

575. Saddabhedatoti paṭiccasaddo ca panāyaṃ samāne kattari pubbakāle payujjamāno atthasiddhikaro hoti. Seyyathidaṃ, ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.43). Idha pana bhāvasādhanena uppādasaddena saddhiṃ payujjamāno samānassa kattu abhāvato saddabhedaṃ gacchati, na ca kiñci atthaṃ sādhetīti saddabhedatopi na uppādamattaṃ paṭiccasamuppādoti.
已对照

此中或有[人说]:「我们将把[它]与 hoti 一语连结,[说成]『缘起有(paṭiccasamuppādo hoti)』。」那不合理。为什么呢?由于没有[这样的]连结,也由于[会犯]生起[又]达到生起的过失。「诸比丘,我要为你们说缘起。诸比丘,什么是缘起?……乃至……诸比丘,这称为缘起。」(《相应部》2.1)因为在这些语句中,hoti 一语连一处也不与[它]连结,而且生起也不[再]有[生起]。倘若会有,那么生起也就会有生起了。

Tattha siyā – ‘‘hoti-saddena saddhiṃ yojayissāma ‘paṭiccasamuppādo hotī’ti’’, taṃ na yuttaṃ. Kasmā? Yogābhāvato ceva, uppādassa ca uppādapattidosato. ‘‘Paṭiccasamuppādaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi. Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo…pe… ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.1). Imesu hi padesu ekenapi saddhiṃ hoti-saddo yogaṃ na gacchati, na ca uppādo hoti. Sace bhaveyya, uppādassāpi uppādo pāpuṇeyyāti.
576已对照

五百七十六、又有些人认为:「此缘的状态是此缘性;而所谓状态,是无明等于行等的显现上作为因的那行相;对那行[等]的变异,[便]立有『缘起』之想。」他们的那[说法]不合理。为什么呢?由于说无明等为因。因为世尊以「所以,阿难,这就是老死的因、因缘、集起、缘——也就是生……乃至……诸行的[因、因缘、集起、缘]——也就是无明」(《长部》2.98 等)如是说无明等本身为因,不是[说]它们的变异。所以应知,所说的「缘起,应知是诸缘法」,那是正确地说了。

576. Yepi maññanti ‘‘idappaccayānaṃ bhāvo idappaccayatā, bhāvo ca nāma yo ākāro avijjādīnaṃ saṅkhārādipātubhāve hetu, so. Tasmiñca saṅkhāravikāre paṭiccasamuppādasaññā’’ti, tesaṃ taṃ na yujjati. Kasmā? Avijjādīnaṃ hetuvacanato. Bhagavatā hi ‘‘tasmātiha, ānanda, eseva hetu, etaṃ nidānaṃ, esa samudayo, esa paccayo jarāmaraṇassa yadidaṃ jāti…pe… saṅkhārānaṃ, yadidaṃ avijjā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.98 ādayo) evaṃ avijjādayova hetūti vuttā, na tesaṃ vikāro. Tasmā ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādoti paccayadhammā veditabbā’’ti iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ sammā vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
577已对照

五百七十七、然而此中,若因「缘起」这一语词的影像,生起「这只是说生起」之想,那[想]应取此语如下的意义而令止息。因为世尊——

577. Yā panettha ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādo’’ti imāya byañjanacchāyāya uppādoyevāyaṃ vuttoti saññā uppajjati, sā imassa padassa evamatthaṃ gahetvā vūpasametabbā. Bhagavatā hi,
已对照

由于这一语词,于由彼[诸缘]而转起的法聚上,[可作]两种[解];

Dvedhā tato pavatte, dhammasamūhe yato idaṃ vacanaṃ;
已对照

所以这[因聚]作为它的缘,以对果的转用,[被]如是说。

Tappaccayo tatoyaṃ, phalopacārena iti vutto.
缅 2.152已对照

因为对于这依缘性而转起的法聚,[诸师]主张「缘起」这一语词[有]两种[解]。因为这[法聚],由于被领会(patīyamāna)时导向利益与安乐,所以智者们值得领会它,故为「缘(paṭicca)」;而生起时是一起(saha)而且正当地(sammā)生起,不是一个一个地,也不是无因地,故为「起(samuppāda)」。如是,既是「缘」又是「起」,故为「缘起」。再者,一起生起,故为「起」;而依缘的和合,不排拒[它]——如是也是「缘起」。而这因聚是它的缘;由于是它的缘,这[因聚]也——犹如在世间,痰的缘糖被称为「糖是痰」;又如在教法中,乐的缘诸佛出世被称为「诸佛出世是乐」——同样,应知[它]正是以果之言说而被说为「缘起」。

Yo hi ayaṃ paccayatāya pavatto dhammasamūho, tattha paṭiccasamuppādoti idaṃ vacanaṃ dvidhā icchanti. So hi yasmā patīyamāno hitāya sukhāya ca saṃvattati, tasmā paccetumarahanti naṃ paṇḍitāti paṭicco. Uppajjamāno ca saha sammā ca uppajjati, na ekekato, nāpi ahetutoti samuppādo. Evaṃ paṭicco ca so samuppādo cāti paṭiccasamuppādo. Apica saha uppajjatīti samuppādo, paccayasāmaggiṃ pana paṭicca apaccakkhāyāti evampi paṭiccasamuppādo. Tassa cāyaṃ hetusamūho paccayoti tappaccayattā ayampi, yathā loke semhassa paccayo guḷo semho guḷoti vuccati, yathā ca sāsane sukhappaccayo buddhānaṃ uppādo ‘‘sukho buddhānaṃ uppādo’’ti vuccati, tathā paṭiccasamuppādo icceva phalavohārena vuttoti veditabbo.
578已对照

五百七十八、或者,

578. Atha vā,
已对照

这因聚由于「相向而去」,被说为「缘」;

Paṭimukhamitoti vutto, hetusamūho ayaṃ paṭiccoti;
已对照

又由于令俱合者生起,那[因聚]被说为「起」。

Sahite uppādeti ca, iti vutto so samuppādo.
已对照

因为凡这为了行等的显现、以无明等各一因为首而被指出的因聚,由于成就共通之果的意义,又由于不欠缺的意义,和合诸支彼此相向而去(paṭimukhaṃ ito gato)——作此[理解],故被称为「缘」。而这[因聚]令彼此不可分离而转起的诸法正是俱合地生起,故也被说为「起」。如是也是:既是「缘」又是「起」,故为「缘起」。

Yo hi esa saṅkhārādīnaṃ pātubhāvāya avijjādiekekahetusīsena niddiṭṭho hetusamūho, so sādhāraṇaphalanipphādakaṭṭhena avekallaṭṭhena ca sāmaggiaṅgānaṃ aññamaññena paṭimukhaṃ ito gatoti katvā paṭiccoti vuccati. Svāyaṃ sahiteyeva aññamaññaṃ avinibbhogavuttidhamme uppādetīti samuppādotipi vutto. Evampi paṭicco ca so samuppādo cāti paṭiccasamuppādo.
579已对照

五百七十九、另一理趣——

579. Aparo nayo –
已对照

因为这缘性相互依缘,平等且一起地令诸法生起,

Paccayatā aññoññaṃ, paṭicca yasmā samaṃ saha ca dhamme;
已对照

因此,牟尼在此处也就这样宣说了它。

Ayamuppādeti tatopi, evamidha bhāsitā muninā.
已对照

因为在以无明等为首而被指出的诸缘中,凡生起行等法的那些缘,若不相互依缘、彼此有所欠缺,便不能生起[那法]。所以,这缘性依缘而平等且一起地,不是各一部分地,也不是以前后之状,令诸法生起——因此善于随义而言说的牟尼在此处这样宣说了它;义即:正是宣说为「缘起」。

Avijjādisīsena niddiṭṭhapaccayesu hi ye paccayā yaṃ saṅkhārādikaṃ dhammaṃ uppādenti, na te aññamaññaṃ apaṭicca aññamaññavekalle sati uppādetuṃ samatthāti. Tasmā paṭicca samaṃ saha ca na ekekadesaṃ, nāpi pubbāparabhāvena ayaṃ paccayatā dhamme uppādetīti atthānusāravohārakusalena muninā evamidha bhāsitā, paṭiccasamuppādotveva bhāsitāti attho.
580缅 2.153已对照

五百八十、而这样宣说时,

以前一语[阐明]常等的不存在,以后一语

[阐明]断等的破除,以两者[合]阐明了正理。

「以前一语」者:以阐明缘之和合的「缘(paṭicca)」一语,由于诸转起之法的转起依属于缘之和合,便阐明了常等——[即]常论、无因论、不正因论、自在者论之类——的不存在。因为常住者,或以无因等方式而转起者,何须缘之和合?「以后一语」者:以阐明诸法生起的「起(samuppāda)」一语,由于诸法在缘之和合中生起,断论、虚无论、无作论便被破除——如是阐明了断等的破除。因为在诸法依前前之缘而一再生起时,何处有断?[何处有]虚无论与无作论?「以两者」者:以整个「缘起」之语,由于在那各各缘之和合中不断绝相续,那各各法生起,[便阐明了]中道、对「他作他受、另一者作另一者受」之论的舍断、不执著地方语法、不超越通称——如是阐明了这正理。这暂且是「缘起」这一语词本身的意义。

580. Evaṃ bhāsamānena ca,
Purimena sassatādīna, mabhāvo pacchimena ca padena;
Ucchedādivighāto, dvayena paridīpito ñāyo.
Purimenāti paccayasāmaggiparidīpakena paṭiccapadena pavattidhammānaṃ paccayasāmaggiyaṃ āyattavuttittā sassatāhetuvisamahetuvasavattivādappabhedānaṃ sassatādīnaṃ abhāvo paridīpito hoti? Kiṃ hi sassatānaṃ, ahetuādivasena vā pavattānaṃ paccayasāmaggiyāti? Pacchimena ca padenāti dhammānaṃ uppādaparidīpakena samuppādapadena paccayasāmaggiyaṃ dhammānaṃ uppattito vihatā ucchedanatthikaakiriyavādāti ucchedādivighāto paridīpito hoti. Purimapurimapaccayavasena hi punappunaṃ uppajjamānesu dhammesu kuto ucchedo, natthikākiriyavādā cāti. Dvayenāti sakalena paṭiccasamuppādavacanena tassā tassā paccayasāmaggiyā santatiṃ avicchinditvā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ sambhavato majjhimā paṭipadā, ‘‘so karoti so paṭisaṃvedeti, añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvedetī’’ti vādappahānaṃ, janapadaniruttiyā anabhiniveso, samaññāya anatidhāvananti ayaṃ ñāyo paridīpito hotīti ayaṃ tāva paṭiccasamuppādoti vacanamattassa attho.
581缅 2.154已对照

五百八十一、然而世尊开示缘起时,以「以无明为缘而有行」等方式所立下的这圣典(tanti),作其义释者,须进入分别说者之众,不诽谤诸阿阇梨,不越出自宗,不营求他宗,不排拒经,随顺律,观察诸大教法,显明法,摄集义,把同一义重述,并以其他别的理趣来解说——由于须如此作义释;而且缘起的义释本来就是难作的。即如古师们所说——

「谛、众生、结生,以及缘之行相,

这四法难见,也极难开示。」

所以,[我]衡量了:「除了已获得教[理]与证得的人以外,缘起的义释是不易[作]的」,

今日我想要作缘之行相的解释,

[却]找不到立足之处,犹如沉入大海者。

然而这教法以种种说法方式为庄严,

而且前代诸阿阇梨之道未断绝地转起;

由于[如此],所以依止这两者,

我将发起它的义释——你们要专心地听那[义释]。

因为这已由前代诸阿阇梨说过——

「无论谁专注地听我[说],

他便会得到前后相续的殊胜;

得到前后相续的殊胜之后,

他便会去到死王所不见之处。」

581. Yā panāyaṃ bhagavatā paṭiccasamuppādaṃ desentena ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’tiādinā nayena nikkhittā tanti, tassā atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ karontena vibhajjavādimaṇḍalaṃ otaritvā ācariye anabbhācikkhantena sakasamayaṃ avokkamantena parasamayaṃ anāyūhantena suttaṃ appaṭibāhantena vinayaṃ anulomentena mahāpadese olokentena dhammaṃ dīpentena atthaṃ saṅgāhentena tamevatthaṃ punarāvattetvā aparehipi pariyāyantarehi niddisantena ca yasmā atthasaṃvaṇṇanā kātabbā hoti, pakatiyāpi ca dukkarāva paṭiccasamuppādassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanā. Yathāhu porāṇā –
‘‘Saccaṃ satto paṭisandhi, paccayākārameva ca;
Duddasā caturo dhammā, desetuṃ ca sudukkarā’’ti.
Tasmā aññatra āgamādhigamappattehi na sukarā paṭiccasamuppādassatthavaṇṇanāti paritulayitvā,
Vattukāmo ahaṃ ajja, paccayākāravaṇṇanaṃ;
Patiṭṭhaṃ nādhigacchāmi, ajjhogāḷhova sāgaraṃ.
Sāsanaṃ panidaṃ nānā, desanānayamaṇḍitaṃ;
Pubbācariyamaggo ca, abbocchinno pavattati.
Yasmā tasmā tadubhayaṃ, sannissāyatthavaṇṇanaṃ;
Ārabhissāmi etassa, taṃ suṇātha samāhitā.
Vuttañhetaṃ pubbācariyehi –
‘‘Yo koci maṃ aṭṭhikatvā suṇeyya,
Labhetha pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ;
Laddhāna pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ,
Adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche’’ti.
582已对照

五百八十二、在「以无明为缘而有行」等[句]中,首先就从开头[起]——

582. Iti avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārātiādīsu hi āditoyeva tāva,
已对照

应依教说之别、意义、相等与一种等,以及诸支的差别,了知[其]抉择。

Desanābhedato attha, lakkhaṇekavidhādito. Aṅgānañca vavatthānā, viññātabbo vinicchayo.
已对照

此中,「依教说之别」者:因为世尊的缘起教说,犹如四个取藤人取藤,从开头或从中间开始直到终结,同样从终结或从中间开始直到开头,[共有]四种。

Tattha desanābhedatoti bhagavato hi vallihārakānaṃ catunnaṃ purisānaṃ valligahaṇaṃ viya ādito vā majjhato vā paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānaṃ, tathā pariyosānato vā majjhato vā paṭṭhāya yāva ādīti catubbidhā paṭiccasamuppādadesanā.
已对照

因为犹如在四个取藤人中,有一人首先只看见藤的根,他在根处砍断之后,拉出全部,拿去用于工作;同样,世尊以「诸比丘,就这样:以无明为缘而有行……乃至……以生为缘而有老死」(《中部》1.402;《相应部》2.2)也从开头开始直到终结来开示缘起。

Yathā hi vallihārakesu catūsu purisesu eko valliyā mūlameva paṭhamaṃ passati, so taṃ mūle chetvā sabbaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā…pe… jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti (ma. ni. 1.402; saṃ. ni. 2.2) ādito paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānāpi paṭiccasamuppādaṃ deseti.
缅 2.155已对照

又犹如在那些人中,有一人首先看见藤的中段,他在中段砍断之后,只拉出上面的部分,拿去用于工作;同样,世尊以「他于那受欢喜、称说、耽著而住时,便生起欢喜。凡于诸受中的欢喜即是取;由他的取为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生」(《中部》1.409;《相应部》3.5)也从中间开始直到终结来开示。

Yathā pana tesu purisesu eko valliyā majjhaṃ paṭhamaṃ passati, so majjhe chinditvā uparibhāgaññeva ākaḍḍhitvā ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘tassa taṃ vedanaṃ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. Yā vedanāsu nandī, tadupādānaṃ. Tassupādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jātī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.409; saṃ. ni. 3.5) majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānāpi deseti.
已对照

又犹如在那些人中,有一人首先看见藤的梢,他抓住梢,顺着梢直到根,拿取全部,用于工作;同样,世尊以「『以生为缘而有老死』——这[话]是这样说过的;诸比丘,是以生为缘而有老死呢,还是不是?此中[于你们]是如何呢?——尊者,是以生为缘而有老死;我们于此是这样[以为]的:以生为缘而有老死。『以有为缘而有生』……乃至……『以无明为缘而有行』——这[话]是这样说过的;诸比丘,是以无明为缘而有行呢,还是不是?此中[于你们]是如何呢?」(《中部》1.403)也从终结开始直到开头来开示缘起。

Yathā ca tesu purisesu eko valliyā aggaṃ paṭhamaṃ passati, so agge gahetvā aggānusārena yāva mūlā sabbaṃ ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, jātipaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ no vā kathaṃ vo ettha hotīti? Jātipaccayā, bhante, jarāmaraṇaṃ. Evaṃ no ettha hoti jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti. Bhavapaccayā jāti…pe… avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, avijjāpaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā no vā kathaṃ vo ettha hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.403) pariyosānato paṭṭhāya yāva āditopi paṭiccasamuppādaṃ deseti.
已对照

又犹如在那些人中,有一人首先只看见藤的中段,他在中段砍断之后,向下而行直到根,拿取[它],用于工作;同样,世尊以「诸比丘,而这四种食,以何为因缘?以何为集起?以何为生?以何为根源?这四种食以爱为因缘,以爱为集起,以爱为生,以爱为根源。爱以何为因缘?……受……触……六处……名色……识……诸行以何为因缘?……乃至……诸行以无明为因缘……乃至……以无明为根源」(《相应部》2.11)从中间开始直到开头来开示。

Yathā panetesu purisesu eko valliyā majjhameva paṭhamaṃ passati, so majjhe chinditvā heṭṭhā otaranto yāva mūlā ādāya kamme upaneti, evaṃ bhagavā ‘‘ime ca, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā kinnidānā, kiṃsamudayā, kiṃjātikā, kiṃpabhavā? Ime cattāro āhārā taṇhānidānā, taṇhāsamudayā, taṇhājātikā, taṇhāpabhavā. Taṇhā kinnidānā… vedanā… phasso… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhārā kinnidānā…pe… saṅkhārā avijjānidānā…pe… avijjāpabhavā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.11) majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva ādito deseti.
583已对照

五百八十三、然而为什么[世尊]这样开示呢?由于缘起是周遍贤善的,并且[世尊]自己已达到说法之美妙。因为缘起是周遍贤善的,从任何一处[入手]都正导向正理的通达。而世尊由于具足四无畏与无碍解,又由于证得四种甚深性,已达到说法之美妙。他由于已达到说法之美妙,就正以种种理趣开示法。

583. Kasmā panevaṃ desetīti? Paṭiccasamuppādassa samantabhaddakattā sayañca desanāvilāsappattattā. Samantabhaddako hi paṭiccasamuppādo, tato tato ñāyapaṭivedhāya saṃvattatiyeva. Desanāvilāsappatto ca bhagavā catuvesārajjapaṭisambhidāyogena catubbidhagambhīrabhāvappattiyā ca. So desanāvilāsappattattā nānānayeheva dhammaṃ deseti.
缅 2.156已对照

而特别地,他从开头开始的顺[序]教说,应知是[世尊]见到所化之人对转起的原因之区分迷惑不明,为了显示[诸法]由各自的原因而转起,并为了显示生起的次第而转出的。从终结开始的逆[序]教说,是[世尊]以「这世间实在陷入了苦:生、老、死,又死没、又受生」等(《长部》2.57;《相应部》2.4)方式观察陷入苦的世间时,随顺前分的通达,为了显示自己所证得的、那各各老死等苦的原因[而转出的]。从中间开始直到开头而转出的,是随顺对食之因缘的辨定,一直推溯到过去时,又从过去时起,为了显示因果的次第[而转出的]。而从中间开始直到终结而转出的,是在现在时中,从未来时之因的等起起,为了显示未来时[而转出的]。在这些[教说]中,应知:为了对转起的原因迷惑不明的所化之人,显示[诸法]由各自的原因而转起、并显示生起的次第而说的从开头开始的顺[序]教说,就是此处所提出的。

Visesato panassa yā ādito paṭṭhāya anulomadesanā, sā pavattikāraṇavibhāgasaṃmūḷhaṃ veneyyajanaṃ samanupassato yathāsakehi kāraṇehi pavattisandassanatthaṃ uppattikkamasandassanatthañca pavattāti viññātabbā. Yā pariyosānato paṭṭhāya paṭilomadesanā, sā ‘‘kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati cā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.57; saṃ. ni. 2.4) nayena kicchāpannaṃ lokaṃ anuvilokayato pubbabhāgapaṭivedhānusārena tassa tassa jarāmaraṇādikassa dukkhassa attanā adhigatakāraṇasandassanatthaṃ. Yā majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva ādi pavattā, sā āhāranidānavavatthāpanānusārena yāva atītaṃ addhānaṃ atiharitvā puna atītaddhato pabhuti hetuphalapaṭipāṭisandassanatthaṃ. Yā pana majjhato paṭṭhāya yāva pariyosānaṃ pavattā, sā paccuppanne addhāne anāgataddhahetusamuṭṭhānato pabhuti anāgataddhasandassanatthaṃ. Tāsu yā pavattikāraṇasammūḷhassa veneyyajanassa yathāsakehi kāraṇehi pavattisandassanatthaṃ uppattikkamasandassanatthañca ādito paṭṭhāya anulomadesanā vuttā, sā idha nikkhittāti veditabbā.
584已对照

五百八十四、然而为什么此处首先说无明?难道无明也像原质论者的原质一样,是无因的、世间的根本原因吗?不是无因的。因为以「由漏之集起而有无明之集起」(《中部》1.103)说了无明的原因。然而有一种理趣,依之它可成为根本原因。那是什么呢?[它]在轮转之论中居首之性。

584. Kasmā panettha avijjā ādito vuttā, kiṃ pakativādīnaṃ pakati viya avijjāpi akāraṇaṃ mūlakāraṇaṃ lokassāti? Na akāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.103) hi avijjāya kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Atthi pana pariyāyo yena mūlakāraṇaṃ siyā, ko pana soti? Vaṭṭakathāya sīsabhāvo.
已对照

因为世尊讲说轮转之论时,以两种法为首而讲说:或者无明——即如所说:「诸比丘,无明的前际不可知——『在此之前无有无明,之后才生起』;诸比丘,虽如此说,然而可知:无明有此缘」(《增支部》10.61);或者有爱——即如所说:「诸比丘,有爱的前际不可知——『在此之前无有有爱,之后才生起』;诸比丘,虽如此说,然而可知:有爱有此缘」(《增支部》10.62)。

Bhagavā hi vaṭṭakathaṃ kathento dve dhamme sīsaṃ katvā katheti, avijjaṃ vā. Yathāha – ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya ‘ito pubbe avijjā nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’ti, evañcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca pana paññāyati idappaccayā avijjā’’ti (a. ni. 10.61). Bhavataṇhaṃ vā. Yathāha – ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati bhavataṇhāya ‘ito pubbe bhavataṇhā nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’ti, evañcetaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati, atha ca pana paññāyati idappaccayā bhavataṇhā’’ti (a. ni. 10.62).
585缅 2.157已对照

五百八十五、然而为什么世尊讲说轮转之论时,以这两种法为首而讲说呢?由于[它们]是趣向善趣与恶趣之业的殊胜因。因为趣向恶趣之业的殊胜因是无明。为什么呢?因为被无明所压倒的凡夫,犹如为火烤之热恼与棍棒之击打所生的疲劳所压倒的待宰母牛,由于那疲劳之苦,喝下无味而且给自己带来不利的热水;[凡夫]也[同样]发起由于烦恼的热恼而无味、由于令堕恶趣而给自己带来不利的杀生等多种趣向恶趣之业。而趣向善趣之业的殊胜因是有爱。为什么呢?因为被有爱所压倒的凡夫,犹如前面所说那样的母牛,由于对冷水的渴爱,喝下有味而且消除自己疲劳的冷水;[凡夫]也[同样]发起由于离于烦恼的热恼而有味、由于令到达善趣而消除自己恶趣之苦的疲劳的离杀生等多种趣向善趣之业。

585. Kasmā pana bhagavā vaṭṭakathaṃ kathento ime dve dhamme sīsaṃ katvā kathetīti? Sugatiduggatigāmino kammassa visesahetubhūtattā. Duggatigāmino hi kammassa visesahetu avijjā. Kasmā? Yasmā avijjābhibhūto puthujjano aggisantāpalaguḷābhighātaparissamābhibhūtā vajjhagāvī tāya parissamāturatāya nirassādampi attano anatthāvahampi ca uṇhodakapānaṃ viya kilesasantāpato nirassādampi duggatinipātanato ca attano anatthāvahampi pāṇātipātādiṃ anekappakāraṃ duggatigāmikammaṃ ārabhati. Sugatigāmino pana kammassa visesahetu bhavataṇhā. Kasmā? Yasmā bhavataṇhābhibhūto puthujjano sā vuttappakārā gāvī sītūdakataṇhāya saassādaṃ attano parissamavinodanañca sītūdakapānaṃ viya kilesasantāpavirahato saassādaṃ sugatisampāpanena attano duggatidukkhaparissamavinodanañca pāṇātipātā veramaṇiādiṃ anekappakāraṃ sugatigāmikammaṃ ārabhati.
586已对照

五百八十六、而在这些作为轮转之论之首的法中,世尊在某处开示以一法为根本的教说。例如:「诸比丘,如是,行以无明为近依,识以行为近依」等(《相应部》2.23)。同样:「诸比丘,于诸顺取之法随观味著而住者,爱增长。以爱为缘而有取」等(《相应部》2.52)。在某处也[开示]以两者为根本的[教说]。例如:「诸比丘,对于被无明所盖、与渴爱相应的愚人,这个身体便如是生起了。如是,这个身体与外在的名色——这样,这就是二者;缘于二者而有触;唯六处而已,愚人被它们所触而感受乐与苦」等(《相应部》2.19)。在这些教说中,应知此处的「以无明为缘而有行」,是依无明而以一法为根本的教说。如是,此中首先应了知依教说之别的抉择。

586. Etesu pana vaṭṭakathāya sīsabhūtesu dhammesu katthaci bhagavā ekadhammamūlikaṃ desanaṃ deseti. Seyyathidaṃ, ‘‘iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārūpanisaṃ viññāṇa’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.23). Tathā ‘‘upādāniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati, taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’ntiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.52). Katthaci ubhayamūlikampi. Seyyathidaṃ, ‘‘avijjānīvaraṇassa, bhikkhave, bālassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evamayaṃ kāyo samudāgato. Iti ayañceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpaṃ itthetaṃ dvayaṃ. Dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso saḷevāyatanāni, yehi phuṭṭho bālo sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.19). Tāsu desanāsu ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti ayamidha avijjāvasena ekadhammamūlikā desanāti veditabbā. Evaṃ tāvettha desanābhedato viññātabbo vinicchayo.
587缅 2.158已对照

五百八十七、「依意义」者:依无明等诸语的意义。例如:身恶行等由于不应圆满之义,名为「不应获得的(avindiya)」,义即不应得的;获得(vindati)那不应获得的,故为「无明(avijjā)」。与此相反,身善行等名为「应获得的(vindiya)」;不获得那应获得的,故为「无明」。令诸蕴的聚义、诸处的处义、诸界的空义、诸根的增上义、诸谛的如实义不被知(aviditaṃ),故也为「无明」。令苦等依逼迫等而说的四种义不被知,故也为「无明」。在无边际的轮回中,驱使(javāpeti)众生奔驰于一切生(yoni)、趣、有、识住、众生居中,故为「无明」。在胜义上不存在(avijjamāna)的女人、男人等上奔驰(javati),在虽存在的蕴等上却不奔驰,故为「无明」。再者,由于覆盖眼识等的依处与所缘,以及缘起与缘生之法,故也为「无明」。

依它而果来,那是缘(paccaya)。「依(paṭicca)」者:义即不离它、不排拒它。「来(eti)」者:义即生起并且转起。再者,缘义是资助义。既是无明又是缘,故为「无明缘」;因此[说]「以无明为缘」。

造作有为,故为「行」。再者,行有两种:以无明为缘的行,与以「行」一语而来的行。此中,福行、非福行、不动行三种,与身行、语行、心行三种,这六种是以无明为缘的行。它们全都只是世间的善与不善思。

而有为行、所造作行、能造作行、加行造作行,这四种是以「行」一语而来的行。此中,在「诸行实是无常」等(《长部》2.221、272;《相应部》1.186)中所说的一切有缘之法,名为有为行。由业所生的三地的色、非色法,在诸义注中说为所造作行,它们也正归入「诸行实是无常」(《长部》2.221;272;《相应部》1.186)这[句]中,但它们单独出现之处却不可见。而三地的善、不善思被称为能造作行,它出现之处在「诸比丘,陷入无明的这个人,造作福行」等(《相应部》2.51)中可见。而身的与心的精进被称为加行造作行,它出现于「推动之力能行多远,就行到多远,[然后]犹如装在轴上一般立住了」等(《增支部》3.15)中。

而不只是这些,还有其他以「行」一语而来的众多行,[如]以「贤友毗舍佉,正在入于想受灭的比丘,最先灭去的是语行,其次是身行,再其次是心行」等(《中部》1.464)方式[所说的]。在它们之中,没有任何一种行不归入有为行的。从此以后,在「以行为缘而有识」等中所说的,应正依已说的方式了知。

而对于未说的[诸语]:识知,故为「识」。倾向,故为「名」。变坏,故为「色」。在诸来源(āya)上扩展(tanoti),并引导延长者(āyata),故为「处(āyatana)」。触,故为「触」。感受,故为「受」。渴求(paritassati),故为「爱」。执取,故为「取」。生成并令生成,故为「有」。生出为「生」。衰老为「老」。依此而死,故为「死」。忧愁为「愁」。悲泣为「悲」。令苦恼(dukkhayati),故为「苦」;或者,依生与住两方面(dvidhā)掘(khaṇati),故也为「苦(dukkha)」。不悦意之状为「忧」。极度的劳恼(bhuso āyāso)为「恼(upāyāsa)」。

「生起(sambhavanti)」者:即出生。而且不只与愁等[相连],而应把「生起」一语与一切语[相]连结。否则,说「以无明为缘,诸行」时,便不知道[它们]做什么;但若连结了「生起」,则[成为]:既是无明又是缘,故为无明缘;因此「以无明为缘,诸行生起」——如是便作了缘与缘所生的差别。一切处都是这个方式。

「这样(evaṃ)」者:是所说方式的指示。以此显示:正由无明等原因,不是由自在天化作等。「这(etassa)」者:即前面所说的。「整个(kevalassa)」者:即不混杂的,或全部的。「苦蕴(dukkhakkhandhassa)」者:即苦之聚,不是众生的,不是乐、净等的。「集起(samudayo)」者:即出生。「有(hoti)」者:即生起。如是,此中应了知依意义的抉择。

587. Atthatoti avijjādīnaṃ padānaṃ atthato. Seyyathidaṃ, pūretuṃ ayuttaṭṭhena kāyaduccaritādi avindiyaṃ nāma, aladdhabbanti attho. Taṃ avindiyaṃ vindatīti avijjā. Tabbiparītato kāyasucaritādi vindiyaṃ nāma, taṃ vindiyaṃ na vindatīti avijjā. Khandhānaṃ rāsaṭṭhaṃ, āyatanānaṃ āyatanaṭṭhaṃ, dhātūnaṃ suññaṭṭhaṃ, indriyānaṃ adhipatiyaṭṭhaṃ, saccānaṃ tathaṭṭhaṃ aviditaṃ karotītipi avijjā. Dukkhādīnaṃ pīḷanādivasena vuttaṃ catubbidhaṃ atthaṃ aviditaṃ karotītipi avijjā. Antavirahite saṃsāre sabbayonigatibhavaviññāṇaṭṭhitisattāvāsesu satte javāpetīti avijjā. Paramatthato avijjamānesu itthipurisādīsu javati, vijjamānesupi khandhādīsu na javatīti avijjā. Apica cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ vatthārammaṇānaṃ paṭiccasamuppādapaṭiccasamuppannānañca dhammānaṃ chādanatopi avijjā.
Yaṃ paṭicca phalameti, so paccayo. Paṭiccāti na vinā apaccakkhatvāti attho. Etīti uppajjati ceva pavattati cāti attho. Apica upakārakaṭṭho paccayaṭṭho. Avijjā ca sā paccayo cāti avijjāpaccayo. Tasmā avijjāpaccayā.
Saṅkhatamabhisaṅkharontīti saṅkhārā. Apica avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārasaddena āgatasaṅkhārāti duvidhā saṅkhārā. Tattha puññāpuññāneñjābhisaṅkhārā tayo, kāyavacīcittasaṅkhārā tayoti ime cha avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Te sabbepi lokiyakusalākusalacetanāmattameva honti.
Saṅkhatasaṅkhāro, abhisaṅkhatasaṅkhāro, abhisaṅkharaṇakasaṅkhāro, payogābhisaṅkhāroti ime pana cattāro saṅkhāra-saddena āgatasaṅkhārā. Tattha ‘‘aniccā vata saṅkhārā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 2.221, 272; saṃ. ni. 1.186) vuttā sabbepi sappaccayā dhammā saṅkhatasaṅkhārā nāma. Kammanibbattā tebhūmakā rūpārūpadhammā abhisaṅkhatasaṅkhārāti aṭṭhakathāsu vuttā, tepi ‘‘aniccā vata saṅkhārā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.221; 272; saṃ. ni. 1.186) ettheva saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Visuṃ pana nesaṃ āgataṭṭhānaṃ na paññāyati. Tebhūmikakusalākusalacetanā pana abhisaṅkharaṇakasaṅkhāroti vuccati, tassa ‘‘avijjāgatoyaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo puññañceva saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharotī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.51) āgataṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati. Kāyikacetasikaṃ pana vīriyaṃ payogābhisaṅkhāroti vuccati, so ‘‘yāvatikā abhisaṅkhārassa gati, tāvatikā gantvā akkhāhataṃ maññe aṭṭhāsī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.15) āgato.
Na kevalañca eteyeva, aññepi ‘‘saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjantassa kho, āvuso visākha, bhikkhuno paṭhamaṃ nirujjhati vacīsaṅkhāro, tato kāyasaṅkhāro, tato cittasaṅkhāro’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.464) nayena saṅkhāra-saddena āgatā aneke saṅkhārā. Tesu natthi so saṅkhāro, yo saṅkhatasaṅkhārehi saṅgahaṃ na gaccheyya, ito paraṃ saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇantiādīsu vuttaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
Avutte pana vijānātīti viññāṇaṃ. Namatīti nāmaṃ. Ruppatīti rūpaṃ. Āye tanoti āyatañca nayatīti āyatanaṃ. Phusatīti phasso. Vedayatīti vedanā. Paritassatīti taṇhā. Upādiyatīti upādānaṃ. Bhavati bhāvayati cāti bhavo. Jananaṃ jāti. Jiraṇaṃ jarā. Maranti etenāti maraṇaṃ. Socanaṃ soko. Paridevanaṃ paridevo. Dukkhayatīti dukkhaṃ. Uppādaṭṭhitivasena vā dvidhā khaṇatītipi dukkhaṃ. Dummanabhāvo domanassaṃ. Bhuso āyāso upāyāso.
Sambhavantīti abhinibbattanti. Na kevalañca sokādīheva, atha kho sabbapadehi sambhavanti-saddassa yojanā kātabbā. Itarathā hi ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti vutte kiṃ karontīti na paññāyeyya, sambhavantīti pana yojanāya sati avijjā ca sā paccayo cāti avijjāpaccayo. Tasmā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā sambhavantīti paccayapaccayuppannavavatthānaṃ kataṃ hoti. Esa nayo sabbattha.
Evanti niddiṭṭhanayanidassanaṃ. Tena avijjādīheva kāraṇehi, na issaranimmānādīhīti dasseti. Etassāti yathāvuttassa. Kevalassāti asammissassa, sakalassa vā. Dukkhakkhandhassāti dukkhasamūhassa, na sattassa, na sukhasubhādīnaṃ. Samudayoti nibbatti. Hotīti sambhavati. Evamettha atthato viññātabbo vinicchayo.
588缅 2.160已对照

五百八十八、「依相等」者:依无明等的相等。例如:无明以无智为相,以迷惑为味,以覆盖为现起,以漏为近因。诸行以造作为相,以营求为味,以思为现起,以无明为近因。识以识知为相,以先导为味,以结生为现起,以行为近因,或以依处与所缘为近因。名以倾向为相,以相应为味,以不分离为现起,以识为近因。色以变坏为相,以散布为味,以无记为现起,以识为近因。六处以[作为]处为相,以见等为味,以依处与门之性为现起,以名色为近因。触以触为相,以撞击为味,以会合为现起,以六处为近因。受以领受为相,以享受境之味为味,以乐与苦为现起,以触为近因。爱以因为相,以欢喜为味,以不满足之性为现起,以受为近因。取以执取为相,以不放舍为味,以爱的坚固与见为现起,以爱为近因。有以业与业果为相,以令生成与生成为味,以善、不善、无记为现起,以取为近因。生等的相等,应正依〈谛的解说〉中所说的方式了知。如是,此中也应了知依相等的抉择。

588. Lakkhaṇāditoti avijjādīnaṃ lakkhaṇādito. Seyyathidaṃ – aññāṇalakkhaṇā avijjā, sammohanarasā, chādanapaccupaṭṭhānā, āsavapadaṭṭhānā. Abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇā saṅkhārā, āyūhanarasā, cetanāpaccupaṭṭhānā, avijjāpadaṭṭhānā. Vijānanalakkhaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ, pubbaṅgamarasaṃ, paṭisandhipaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, saṅkhārapadaṭṭhānaṃ, vatthārammaṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Namanalakkhaṇaṃ nāmaṃ, sampayogarasaṃ, avinibbhogapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, viññāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ rūpaṃ, vikiraṇarasaṃ, abyākatapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, viññāṇapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Āyatanalakkhaṇaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ, dassanādirasaṃ, vatthudvārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Phusanalakkhaṇo phasso, saṅghaṭṭanaraso, saṅgatipaccupaṭṭhāno, saḷāyatanapadaṭṭhāno. Anubhavanalakkhaṇā vedanā, visayarasasambhogarasā, sukhadukkhapaccupaṭṭhānā, phassapadaṭṭhānā. Hetulakkhaṇā taṇhā, abhinandanarasā, atittabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, vedanāpadaṭṭhānā. Gahaṇalakkhaṇaṃ upādānaṃ, amuñcanarasaṃ, taṇhādaḷhattadiṭṭhipaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, taṇhāpadaṭṭhānaṃ. Kammakammaphalalakkhaṇo bhavo, bhāvanabhavanaraso, kusalākusalābyākatapaccupaṭṭhāno, upādānapadaṭṭhāno. Jātiādīnaṃ lakkhaṇādīni saccaniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Evamettha lakkhaṇāditopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
589已对照

五百八十九、「依一种等」者:此中,无明由无智、不见、痴等之性为一种;由不行道与邪行道为两种;同样由有行与无行[为两种];由与三受相应为三种;由[障]四谛的通达为四种;由覆盖五趣的过患为五种;而由门与所缘,应知一切非色法都有六种之性。

589. Ekavidhāditoti ettha avijjā aññāṇādassanamohādibhāvato ekavidhā. Appaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattito duvidhā. Tathā sasaṅkhārāsaṅkhārato. Vedanattayasampayogato tividhā. Catusaccapaṭivedhato catubbidhā. Gatipañcakādīnavacchādanato pañcavidhā. Dvārārammaṇato pana sabbesupi arūpadhammesu chabbidhatā veditabbā.
已对照

诸行由有漏、有异熟法之性等为一种;由善与不善为两种;同样由小与广大、下劣与中等、邪性决定与不决定[为两种];由福行等之性为三种;由导向四生为四种;由趣向五趣为五种。

Saṅkhārā sāsavavipākadhammadhammādibhāvato ekavidhā. Kusalākusalato duvidhā. Tathā parittamahaggatahīnamajjhimamicchattaniyatāniyatato. Tividhā puññābhisaṅkhārādibhāvato. Catubbidhā catuyonisaṃvattanato. Pañcavidhā pañcagatigāmito.
已对照

识由世间的、异熟等之性为一种;由有因与无因等为两种;由属于三有、由与三受相应、由无因、二因、三因为三种;依生与趣为四种与五种。

Viññāṇaṃ lokiyavipākādibhāvato ekavidhaṃ. Sahetukāhetukādito duvidhaṃ. Bhavattayapariyāpannato, vedanattayasampayogato, ahetukadvihetukatihetukato ca tividhaṃ. Yonigativasena catubbidhaṃ, pañcavidhañca.
已对照

名色由依止于识、由以业为缘为一种;由有所缘与无所缘为两种;由过去等为三种;依生与趣为四种与五种。

Nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇasannissayato kammapaccayato ca ekavidhaṃ. Sārammaṇanārammaṇato duvidhaṃ. Atītādito tividhaṃ. Yonigativasena catubbidhaṃ, pañcavidhañca.
已对照

六处由生源与集合之处为一种;由大种净色与识等为两种;由以已达、未达、非两者为行境为三种;由属于生与趣为四种与五种——依此方式,也应了知触等的一种等之性。如是,此中也应了知依一种等的抉择。

Saḷāyatanaṃ sañjātisamosaraṇaṭṭhānato ekavidhaṃ. Bhūtappasādaviññāṇādito duvidhaṃ. Sampattāsampattanobhayagocarato tividhaṃ. Yonigatipariyāpannato catubbidhaṃ pañcavidhañcāti iminā nayena phassādīnampi ekavidhādibhāvo veditabboti evamettha ekavidhāditopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
590缅 2.161已对照

五百九十、「以及诸支的差别」者:此中说愁等,是为了显示有轮的不断。因为它们是在为老死所击打的愚人[身上]生起的。即如所说:「诸比丘,无闻凡夫被身体的苦受所触时,便忧愁、疲惫、悲泣,捶胸哭泣,陷于迷乱。」(《相应部》4.252)而只要它们转起,就[有]无明[的转起]——如是,有轮又与「以无明为缘而有行」相连结。所以,应把它们正与老死合为一略摄,了知缘起支正是十二。如是,此中也应了知依诸支差别的抉择。

590. Aṅgānañca vavatthānāti sokādayo cettha bhavacakkassa avicchedadassanatthaṃ vuttā. Jarāmaraṇabbhāhatassa hi bālassa te sambhavanti. Yathāha – ‘‘assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohamāpajjatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.252). Yāva ca tesaṃ pavatti, tāva avijjāyāti punapi avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti sambandhameva hoti bhavacakkaṃ. Tasmā tesaṃ jarāmaraṇeneva ekasaṅkhepaṃ katvā dvādaseva paṭiccasamuppādaṅgānīti veditabbāni. Evamettha aṅgānaṃ vavatthānatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
已对照

这暂且是此中的略说。

Ayaṃ tāvettha saṅkhepakathā.
已对照

「以无明为缘而有行」句论

Avijjāpaccayāsaṅkhārapadakathā
591已对照

五百九十一、(底本作「561」,依前后段序与大复注 67 册同处作 591 更正)而这是详说之法——「无明」者:依经教的理趣,是于苦等四处的无智;依阿毗达摩的理趣,是于前际等在内的八[处]的[无智]。因为这已被说过:「此中,什么是无明?于苦的无智……乃至……于导至苦灭之道的无智,于前际的无智,于后际、于前际后际、于此缘性[与]缘生之法的无智。」(《法集论》1106)此中,虽然除了出世间的二谛之外,在其余诸处无明是依所缘而生起,即使如此,此处所意指的正是依覆盖[而说的无明]。因为它生起后,覆盖苦谛而住,不让[人]通达[其]如实的自味之相;同样覆盖集、灭、道,覆盖称为前际的过去五蕴、称为后际的未来五蕴、称为前际后际的这两者,覆盖称为「此缘性[与]缘生之法」的此缘性与缘生之法而住;不让[人]于此通达「这是无明,这些是行」如此如实的自味之相。所以称为「于苦的无智……乃至……于此缘性[与]缘生之法的无智」。

591. Ayaṃ pana vitthāranayo – avijjāti suttantapariyāyena dukkhādīsu catūsu ṭhānesu aññāṇaṃ, abhidhammapariyāyena pubbantādīhi saddhiṃ aṭṭhasu. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘tattha katamā avijjā, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ…pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ, pubbante aññāṇaṃ, aparante, pubbantāparante, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇa’’nti (dha. sa. 1106). Tattha kiñcāpi ṭhapetvā lokuttaraṃ saccadvayaṃ sesaṭṭhānesu ārammaṇavasena avijjā uppajjati, evaṃ santepi paṭicchādanavaseneva idha adhippetā. Sā hi uppannā dukkhasaccaṃ paṭicchādetvā tiṭṭhati, yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ na deti, tathā samudayaṃ, nirodhaṃ, maggaṃ, pubbantasaṅkhātaṃ atītaṃ khandhapañcakaṃ, aparantasaṅkhātaṃ anāgataṃ khandhapañcakaṃ, pubbantāparantasaṅkhātaṃ tadubhayaṃ, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannadhammasaṅkhātaṃ idappaccayatañceva paṭiccasamuppannadhamme ca paṭicchādetvā tiṭṭhati. ‘‘Ayaṃ avijjā, ime saṅkhārā’’ti evaṃ yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇamettha paṭivijjhituṃ na deti. Tasmā dukkhe aññāṇaṃ…pe… idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇanti vuccati.
592缅 2.162已对照

五百九十二、「诸行」者:前面略说的六种,即福[行]等三种、身行等三种;而此处详说,福行是依布施、持戒等而转起的八种欲界善思,与依修习而转起的五种色界善思,共十三思。非福行是依杀生等而转起的十二种不善思。不动行是唯依修习而转起的四种无色界善思——如是三种行共二十九思。

592. Saṅkhārāti puññādayo tayo kāyasaṅkhārādayo tayoti evaṃ pubbe saṅkhepato vuttā cha, vitthārato panettha puññābhisaṅkhāro dānasīlādivasena pavattā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā ceva bhāvanāvasena pavattā pañca rūpāvacarakusalacetanā cāti terasa cetanā honti. Apuññābhisaṅkhāro pāṇātipātādivasena pavattā dvādasa akusalacetanā. Āneñjābhisaṅkhāro bhāvanāvaseneva pavattā catasso arūpāvacarakusalacetanā cāti tayopi saṅkhārā ekūnatiṃsa cetanā honti.
已对照

而于其余三种中,身思是身行,语思是语行,意思是心行。这三法组是为了显示在营求业的刹那,福行等从门而转起而说的。因为引生身表而从身门转起的八种欲界善思、十二种不善思,共二十思,名为身行。正是它们引生语表而从语门转起,名为语行。而神通思,由于此后不成为识的缘,此处不取。又如神通思一样,掉举思也不[成为识的缘]。所以它也应在成为识的缘这一点上除去;但它们全都是以无明为缘的。而不引生两种表、在意门生起的一切二十九思,是心行。如是,这三法组正归入前一三法组——所以就意义而言,应知无明的缘性正是依福行等[而说]。

Itaresu pana tīsu kāyasañcetanā kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsañcetanā vacīsaṅkhāro, manosañcetanā cittasaṅkhāro. Ayaṃ tiko kammāyūhanakkhaṇe puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ dvārato pavattidassanatthaṃ vutto. Kāyaviññattiṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā hi kāyadvārato pavattā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā, dvādasa akusalacetanāti samavīsati cetanā kāyasaṅkhāro nāma. Tā eva vacīviññattiṃ samuṭṭhāpetvā vacīdvārato pavattā vacīsaṅkhāro nāma. Abhiññācetanā panettha parato viññāṇassa paccayo na hotīti na gahitā. Yathā ca abhiññācetanā, evaṃ uddhaccacetanāpi na hoti. Tasmā sāpi viññāṇassa paccayabhāve apanetabbā, avijjāpaccayā pana sabbāpetā honti. Ubhopi viññattiyo asamuṭṭhāpetvā manodvāre uppannā pana sabbāpi ekūnatiṃsati cetanā cittasaṅkhāroti. Iti ayaṃ tiko purimattikameva pavisatīti atthato puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃyeva vasena avijjāya paccayabhāvo veditabbo.
593已对照

五百九十三、此中或有[人问]:「然而应如何了知『这些行以无明为缘』呢?」[答:]由于有无明时[它们]才有。因为凡对苦等称为无明的无智未舍断者,他首先由于对苦以及前际等的无智,把轮回之苦以乐想执取,便发起作为那[苦]之因的三种行。由于对集的无智,把为渴爱所装备、虽作为苦因的诸行,误以为乐因而发起。而由于对灭与道的无智,把并非苦灭的殊胜趣[处]想为苦灭,把并非灭之道的祭祀、求不死之苦行等想为灭之道,希求苦灭,便以祭祀、求不死之苦行等为门,发起三种行。

593. Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ ‘‘ime saṅkhārā avijjā paccayā hontī’’ti? Avijjābhāve bhāvato. Yassa hi dukkhādīsu avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ aññāṇaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, so dukkhe tāva pubbantādīsu ca aññāṇena saṃsāradukkhaṃ sukhasaññāya gahetvā tasseva hetubhūte tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhati. Samudaye aññāṇena dukkhahetubhūtepi taṇhāparikkhāre saṅkhāre sukhahetuto maññamāno ārabhati. Nirodhe pana magge ca aññāṇena dukkhassa anirodhabhūtepi gativisese dukkhanirodhasaññī hutvā nirodhassa ca amaggabhūtesupi yaññāmaratapādīsu nirodhamaggasaññī hutvā dukkhanirodhaṃ patthayamāno yaññāmaratapādimukhena tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhati.
缅 2.163已对照

再者,他由于对四谛的无明未舍断之性,特别是不知那称为福果、[却]夹杂着生、老、病、死等众多过患的苦是苦,为了证得它,便发起分为身行、语行、心行的福行,犹如渴求天女者[跳]崖。又看不见那被认为是乐的福果在终了时引生大焦热(mahāpariḷāha)的坏苦性与少味性,便发起作为它之缘的、前面所说那样的福行,犹如飞蛾扑向灯焰,又犹如贪图蜜滴者舔涂蜜的刀刃。又看不见在有异熟的欲之受用等中的过患,由于乐想与为烦恼所压倒,便发起从三门转起的非福行,犹如愚童玩粪,又犹如欲死者吃毒。又不觉知在无色的异熟中的行[苦]性与坏苦性,由于常等颠倒,便发起作为心行的不动行,犹如迷方者走向鬼城之路。

Apica so tāya catūsu saccesu appahīnāvijjatāya visesato jātijarārogamaraṇādianekādīnavavokiṇṇampi puññaphalasaṅkhātaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhato ajānanto tassa adhigamāya kāyavacīcittasaṅkhārabhedaṃ puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati devaccharakāmako viya maruppapātaṃ. Sukhasammatassāpi ca tassa puññaphalassa ante mahāpariḷāhajanikaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhataṃ appassādatañca apassantopi tappaccayaṃ vuttappakārameva puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati salabho viya dīpasikhābhinipātaṃ, madhubindugiddho viya ca madhulittasatthadhārālehanaṃ. Kāmupasevanādīsu ca savipākesu ādīnavaṃ apassanto sukhasaññāya ceva kilesābhibhūtatāya ca dvārattayappavattampi apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati, bālo viya gūthakīḷanaṃ, maritukāmo viya ca visakhādanaṃ. Āruppavipākesu cāpi saṅkhāravipariṇāmadukkhataṃ anavabujjhamāno sassatādivipallāsena cittasaṅkhārabhūtaṃ āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ ārabhati, disāmūḷho viya pisācanagarābhimukhamaggagamanaṃ.
已对照

如是,因为正由有无明而有行,不是由无[无明而有],所以这应了知:「这些行以无明为缘。」这也已被说过:「诸比丘,无知者陷入无明,既造作福行,也造作非福行,也造作不动行。而诸比丘,当比丘的无明已断、明已生起时,他由于无明的离贪、明的生起,不造作福行。」

Evaṃ yasmā avijjābhāvatova saṅkhārabhāvo, na abhāvato. Tasmā jānitabbametaṃ ‘‘ime saṅkhārā avijjāpaccayā hontī’’ti. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘avidvā, bhikkhave, avijjāgato puññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti, apuññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti, āneñjābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharoti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā, vijjā uppannā; so avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā neva puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharotī’’ti.
已对照

《发趣论》诸缘论

Paṭṭhānapaccayakathā
594已对照

五百九十四、于此[有人]说:「我们暂且承认这『无明是诸行之缘』,然而这一点应当说:[它]是哪些行的缘?怎样为缘?」对此,这样说:因为世尊说了「因缘(hetupaccaya)、所缘缘、增上缘、无间缘、等无间缘、俱生缘、相互缘、依止缘、亲依止缘、前生缘、后生缘、串习缘、业缘、异熟缘、食缘、根缘、禅那缘、道缘、相应缘、不相应缘、有缘、无有缘、离去缘、不离去缘」(《发趣论》1.1〈缘的总说〉)二十四缘。

594. Etthāha – gaṇhāma tāva etaṃ avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayoti, idaṃ pana vattabbaṃ katamesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ kathaṃ paccayo hotīti? Tatridaṃ vuccati, bhagavatā hi ‘‘hetupaccayo, ārammaṇapaccayo, adhipatipaccayo, anantarapaccayo, samanantarapaccayo, sahajātapaccayo, aññamaññapaccayo, nissayapaccayo, upanissayapaccayo, purejātapaccayo, pacchājātapaccayo, āsevanapaccayo, kammapaccayo, vipākapaccayo, āhārapaccayo, indriyapaccayo, jhānapaccayo, maggapaccayo, sampayuttapaccayo, vippayuttapaccayo, atthipaccayo, natthipaccayo, vigatapaccayo, avigatapaccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.paccayuddesa) catuvīsati paccayā vuttā.
缅 2.164已对照

此中,是因又是缘,故为因缘;成为因而为缘,即以因之性而为缘,是所说的意思。于所缘缘等,也是这同样的方法。

Tattha hetu ca so paccayo cāti hetupaccayo, hetu hutvā paccayo, hetubhāvena paccayoti vuttaṃ hoti. Ārammaṇapaccayādīsupi eseva nayo.
595缅 2.165已对照

五百九十五、此中,「因(hetu)」者:这是论式支分、原因、根的增语。因为在「宗、因」等[语]中,世间[的论理家]称论式支分为因;而在教中,于「诸法从因生」等[语](《大品》60)中,[因是]原因;于「三善因、三不善因」等[语](《法集论》1059)中,根称为因,这[根]是此处所指的。而「缘(paccaya)」,此中语义是这样:依之而从此来,故为缘;不舍离它而转起,此是其义。因为若某一法不舍离另一法而住立或生起,那[另一法]就是它的缘,是所说的意思。而就相而言,缘以助益为相。因为若某一法对某一法的住立或生起有助益,那[前者]就称为那[后者]的缘。缘、因、原因、因缘(nidāna)、生源、起源等,就义而言是一,就文而言是异。如是,以根之义为因,以助益之义为缘,简略地说,以根之义助益的法是因缘。

诸阿阇梨的意趣是:它犹如稻种等之于稻等,又犹如宝珠之色等之于宝珠之光等,是成就善等[法]之善等性者。然而若是如此,于由其等起的诸色中,因缘性就不成立。因为它并不成就它们的善等性,而[对它们]又并非不是缘。因为这已被说过:「诸因以因缘为与因相应诸法及由其等起诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.1)。又诸无因心离了它,无记性也已成立;诸有因[心]的善等性也是系于如理作意等,而不是系于相应之因。又若相应诸因中的善等性唯由自性而有,那么诸相应[法的善等性]所系之因——无贪,就应只是善的,或只是无记的。然而因为它两种都有,所以正如于诸相应[法]中,于诸因中也应[从他处]寻求善等性。

然而若不依成就善等性来取诸因的根义,而依成就善安立性来取,就没有任何相违。因为得到因缘的诸法,犹如根已长成的树木,是坚固、善安立的;无因的[诸法],犹如胡麻子(tilabījaka)等水苔,不善安立。如是,应知以根之义助益,即以成就善安立性而助益的法,是因缘。

595. Tattha hetūti vacanāvayavakāraṇamūlānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘‘Paṭiññā, hetū’’tiādīsu hi loke vacanāvayavo hetūti vuccati. Sāsane pana ‘‘ye dhammā hetuppabhavā’’tiādīsu (mahāva. 60) kāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Tayo kusalahetū, tayo akusalahetū’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 1059) mūlaṃ hetūti vuccati, taṃ idha adhippetaṃ. Paccayoti ettha pana ayaṃ vacanattho, paṭicca etasmā etīti paccayo. Apaccakkhāya naṃ vattatīti attho. Yo hi dhammo yaṃ dhammaṃ apaccakkhāya tiṭṭhati vā uppajjati vā, so tassa paccayoti vuttaṃ hoti. Lakkhaṇato pana upakārakalakkhaṇo paccayo. Yo hi dhammo yassa dhammassa ṭhitiyā vā uppattiyā vā upakārako hoti, so tassa paccayoti vuccati. Paccayo, hetu, kāraṇaṃ, nidānaṃ, sambhavo, pabhavotiādi atthato ekaṃ, byañjanato nānaṃ. Iti mūlaṭṭhena hetu, upakārakaṭṭhena paccayoti saṅkhepato mūlaṭṭhena upakārako dhammo hetupaccayo.
So sāliādīnaṃ sālibījādīni viya, maṇipabhādīnaṃ viya ca maṇivaṇṇādayo kusalādīnaṃ kusalādibhāvasādhakoti ācariyānaṃ adhippāyo. Evaṃ sante pana taṃsamuṭṭhānarūpesu hetupaccayatā na sampajjati. Na hi so tesaṃ kusalādibhāvaṃ sādheti, na ca paccayo na hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘hetū hetusampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ hetupaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.1). Ahetukacittānañca vinā etena abyākatabhāvo siddho, sahetukānampi ca yonisomanasikārādipaṭibaddho kusalādibhāvo, na sampayuttahetupaṭibaddho. Yadi ca sampayuttahetūsu sabhāvatova kusalādibhāvo siyā, sampayuttesu hetupaṭibaddho alobho kusalo vā siyā abyākato vā. Yasmā pana ubhayathāpi hoti, tasmā yathā sampayuttesu, evaṃ hetūsupi kusalāditā pariyesitabbā.
Kusalādibhāvasādhanavasena pana hetūnaṃ mūlaṭṭhaṃ agahetvā suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasādhanavasena gayhamāne na kiñci virujjhati. Laddhahetupaccayā hi dhammā virūḷhamūlā viya pādapā thirā honti suppatiṭṭhitā, ahetukā tilabījakādisevālā viya na suppatiṭṭhitā. Iti mūlaṭṭhena upakārakoti suppatiṭṭhitabhāvasādhanena upakārako dhammo hetupaccayoti veditabbo.
596已对照

五百九十六、在那之后的[诸缘]中,以所缘之性助益的法,是所缘缘。它虽以「色处为眼识界[之缘]」(《发趣论》1.1.2)起始,却以「缘取任何法而生起任何心、心所诸法,那些[被缘取的]法以所缘缘为那些[心、心所]法之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.2)作结,所以没有任何法不是[所缘缘]。因为正如虚弱的人唯有攀扶杖或绳才能起身、站立,同样,心、心所诸法唯有缘取色等所缘才生起、住立。因此,应知一切成为心、心所之所缘的法,都是所缘缘。

596. Tato paresu ārammaṇabhāvena upakārako dhammo ārammaṇapaccayo. So ‘‘rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.2) ārabhitvāpi ‘‘yaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ ārabbha ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā, te te dhammā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.2) osāpitattā na koci dhammo na hoti. Yathā hi dubbalo puriso daṇḍaṃ vā rajjuṃ vā ālambitvāva uṭṭhahati ceva tiṭṭhati ca, evaṃ cittacetasikā dhammā rūpādiārammaṇaṃ ārabbheva uppajjanti ceva tiṭṭhanti ca. Tasmā sabbepi cittacetasikānaṃ ārammaṇabhūtā dhammā ārammaṇapaccayoti veditabbā.
597已对照

五百九十七、以为首之义助益的法,是增上缘;它依俱生与所缘有两种。此中,依「欲增上以增上缘为与欲相应诸法及由其等起诸色之缘」等语(《发趣论》1.3.3),应知称为欲、精进、心、审察的四法是增上缘,但不是同时[俱为增上]。因为当心以欲为主导、以欲为首而转起时,唯有欲是增上,其余的不是。于其余[三者]也是这同样的方法。

597. Jeṭṭhakaṭṭhena upakārako dhammo adhipatipaccayo, so sahajātārammaṇavasena duvidho. Tattha ‘‘chandādhipati chandasampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ adhipatipaccayena paccayo’’tiādivacanato (paṭṭhā. 1.3.3) chandavīriyacittavīmaṃsāsaṅkhātā cattāro dhammā adhipatipaccayoti veditabbā, no ca kho ekato. Yadā hi chandaṃ dhuraṃ chandaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā cittaṃ pavattati, tadā chandova adhipati, na itare. Esa nayo sesesupi.
已对照

而诸非色法尊重某法而转起,那[法]就是它们的所缘增上。因此说:「尊重任何法而生起任何心、心所诸法,那些[被尊重的]法以增上缘为那些[心、心所]法之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.3)。

Yaṃ pana dhammaṃ garuṃ katvā arūpadhammā pavattanti, so nesaṃ ārammaṇādhipati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ garuṃ katvā ye ye dhammā uppajjanti cittacetasikā dhammā, te te dhammā tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ adhipatipaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.3).
598缅 2.166已对照

五百九十八、以无间之性助益的法,是无间缘;以等无间之性助益的法,是等无间缘。而这两种缘,[诸师]多方加以繁衍。此中的精要是这样:凡是「眼识之后是意界,意界之后是意识界」等心的定律(cittaniyama),由于它唯依前前心而得成就,不是别样,所以能令适当的心生起在各自之后无间生起的法,是无间缘。正因此[世尊]说——「无间缘:眼识界及与其相应诸法以无间缘为意界及与其相应诸法之缘」等(《发趣论》1.1.4)。凡是无间缘,那也就是等无间缘。因为此中的差别只是文,犹如于积集与相续,又犹如于增语二法、词释二法等;而就义而言,则没有差别。

598. Anantarabhāvena upakārako dhammo anantarapaccayo. Samanantarabhāvena upakārako dhammo samanantarapaccayo. Idañca paccayadvayaṃ bahudhā papañcayanti. Ayaṃ panettha sāro, yo hi esa cakkhuviññāṇānantarā manodhātu, manodhātuanantarā manoviññāṇadhātūtiādi cittaniyamo, so yasmā purimapurimacittavaseneva ijjhati, na aññathā, tasmā attano attano anantaraṃ anurūpassa cittuppādassa uppādanasamattho dhammo anantarapaccayo. Tenevāha – ‘‘anantarapaccayoti cakkhuviññāṇadhātu taṃsampayuttakā ca dhammā manodhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ anantarapaccayena paccayo’’tiādi (paṭṭhā. 1.1.4). Yo anantarapaccayo, sveva samanantarapaccayo. Byañjanamattameva hettha nānaṃ, upacayasantatīsu viya adhivacananiruttidukādīsu viya ca. Atthato pana nānaṃ natthi.
已对照

而诸阿阇梨的见解「依义之无间为无间缘,依时之无间为等无间缘」,那[见解]与「从灭[尽定]出起者的非想非非想处善,以等无间缘为果等至之缘」等语(《发趣论》1.1.418)相违。他们于此也说:「诸法令[后法]等起的能力并未衰减,而是因被修习力所遮止,诸法才不等无间地生起」,那也正是成立了时之无间的不存在。因为由于修习力,那里没有时之无间——我们说的也正是这个。而因为没有时之无间,所以[依你们]等无间缘性就不合理;因为[你们的]所执是:它们依时之无间而为等无间缘。所以,此中不要作执著,[两者的]差别应理解为唯是就文而言,不是就义而言。怎样呢?它们之间没有间隔,故为无间;由于没有[如色聚那样的]形状(saṇṭhāna),是善无间,故为等无间。

Yampi ‘‘atthānantaratāya anantarapaccayo, kālānantaratāya samanantarapaccayo’’ti ācariyānaṃ mataṃ, taṃ ‘‘nirodhā vuṭṭhahantassa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakusalaṃ phalasamāpattiyā samanantarapaccayena paccayo’’tiādīhi (paṭṭhā. 1.1.418) virujjhati. Yampi tattha vadanti ‘‘dhammānaṃ samuṭṭhāpanasamatthatā na parihāyati, bhāvanābalena pana vāritattā dhammā samanantarā nuppajjantī’’ti, tampi kālānantaratāya abhāvameva sādheti. Bhāvanābalena hi tattha kālānantaratā natthīti, mayampi etadeva vadāma. Yasmā ca kālānantaratā natthi, tasmā samanantarapaccayatā na yujjati. Kālānantaratāya hi tesaṃ samanantarapaccayo hotīti laddhi. Tasmā abhinivesaṃ akatvā byañjanamattatovettha nānākaraṇaṃ paccetabbaṃ, na atthato. Kathaṃ? Natthi etesaṃ antaranti hi anantarā. Saṇṭhānābhāvato suṭṭhu anantarāti samanantarā.
599已对照

五百九十九、正在生起时,以令[他法]一起生起之性助益的法,是俱生缘,犹如灯之于光明。它依非色蕴等有六种。即如所说——「四非色蕴相互以俱生缘为缘。四大种相互,入胎刹那的名色相互,心、心所诸法为心等起诸色,大种为所造色,诸色法为诸非色法,有时以俱生缘为缘,有时不以俱生缘为缘」(《发趣论》1.1.6)。这[最后一句]是专就心所依处而说的。

599. Uppajjamānova saha uppādanabhāvena upakārako dhammo sahajātapaccayo pakāsassa padīpo viya. So arūpakkhandhādivasena chabbidho hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṃ sahajātapaccayena paccayo. Cattāro mahābhūtā aññamaññaṃ, okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ aññamaññaṃ, cittacetasikā dhammā cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ, mahābhūtā upādārūpānaṃ, rūpino dhammā arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ kiñcikāle sahajātapaccayena paccayo, kiñcikāle na sahajātapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.6). Idaṃ hadayavatthumeva sandhāya vuttaṃ.
600缅 2.167已对照

六百、以相互令生起、支持之性助益的法,是相互缘,犹如相互支持的三杖。它依非色蕴等有三种。即如所说——「四非色蕴以相互缘为缘。四大种、入胎刹那的名色以相互缘为缘」(《发趣论》1.1.7)。

600. Aññamaññaṃ uppādanupatthambhanabhāvena upakārako dhammo aññamaññapaccayo aññamaññūpatthambhakaṃ tidaṇḍakaṃ viya. So arūpakkhandhādivasena tividho hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññapaccayena paccayo. Cattāro mahābhūtā okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ aññamaññapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.7).
601已对照

六百零一、以基础(adhiṭṭhāna)之行相与依止之行相助益的法,是依止缘,犹如大地、画布等之于树木、绘画等。它应依于俱生[缘]所说的方式而知,即「四非色蕴相互以依止缘为缘」。然而此中第六部分是这样分别的:「眼处为眼识界……乃至……耳……鼻……舌……身处以依止缘为身识界及与其相应诸法之缘。依止某色而意界与意识界转起,那色以依止缘为意界、意识界及与其相应诸法之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.8)。

601. Adhiṭṭhānākārena nissayākārena ca upakārako dhammo nissayapaccayo tarucittakammādīnaṃ pathavīpaṭādayo viya. So ‘‘cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṃ nissayapaccayena paccayo’’ti evaṃ sahajāte vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Chaṭṭho panettha koṭṭhāso ‘‘cakkhāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā…pe… sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyāyatanaṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ nissayapaccayena paccayo. Yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāya manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti, taṃ rūpaṃ manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ nissayapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.8) evaṃ vibhatto.
602已对照

六百零二、而「亲依止缘」,此中先说语义:由于[果]的转起依赖于它,[它]为自己的果所依止、不被拒斥,故为依止。正如强烈的劳苦(āyāsa)为恼(upāyāsa),同样,强烈的依止为亲依止(upanissaya);这是强有力之原因的增语。因此,应知以强有力之原因之性助益的法,是亲依止缘。

602. Upanissayapaccayoti ettha pana ayaṃ tāva vacanattho, tadadhīnavuttitāya attano phalena nissito na paṭikkhittoti nissayo. Yathā pana bhuso āyāso upāyāso, evaṃ bhuso nissayo upanissayo, balavakāraṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā balavakāraṇabhāvena upakārako dhammo upanissayapaccayoti veditabbo.
缅 2.168已对照

它有三种:所缘亲依止、无间亲依止、本性亲依止。此中,以「布施了、受持了戒、作了布萨业之后,尊重它而省察;尊重先前所善作的而省察;从禅出起之后,尊重禅而省察;诸有学尊重种姓而省察,尊重净化而省察;诸有学从道出起之后,尊重道而省察」(《发趣论》1.1.423)等方式,所缘亲依止首先是与所缘增上不作区别而分别的。此中,心、心所尊重某所缘而生起,那[所缘]在那些所缘之中必定是有力的所缘。如是,以仅是应被尊重之义为所缘增上,以强有力之原因之义为所缘亲依止——应如是知它们的差别。

So ārammaṇūpanissayo anantarūpanissayo pakatūpanissayoti tividho hoti. Tattha ‘‘dānaṃ datvā sīlaṃ samādiyitvā uposathakammaṃ katvā taṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhati, pubbe suciṇṇāni garuṃkatvā paccavekkhati, jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā jhānaṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhati, sekkhā gotrabhuṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhanti, vodānaṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhanti. Sekkhā maggā vuṭṭhahitvā maggaṃ garuṃkatvā paccavekkhantī’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.423) evamādinā nayena ārammaṇūpanissayo tāva ārammaṇādhipatinā saddhiṃ nānattaṃ akatvāva vibhatto. Tattha yaṃ ārammaṇaṃ garuṃkatvā cittacetasikā uppajjanti, taṃ niyamato tesu ārammaṇesu balavārammaṇaṃ hoti. Iti garukattabbamattaṭṭhena ārammaṇādhipati, balavakāraṇaṭṭhena ārammaṇūpanissayoti evametesaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
已对照

无间亲依止也是以「前前的诸善蕴以亲依止缘为后后诸善蕴之缘」等(《发趣论》1.1.9)方式,与无间缘不作区别而分别的。然而在论母提出中,它们之中,无间[缘]以「眼识界及与其相应诸法以无间缘为意界及与其相应诸法之缘」等(《发趣论》1.1.4)方式而出,亲依止[缘]以「前前的诸善法以亲依止缘为后后诸善法之缘」等(《发趣论》1.1.9)方式而出,所以在提出上有差别。那[差别]就义而言也归于一。虽然如此,应知:由于能令适当的心生起在各自之后无间转起,为无间性;由于前心在令后心生起上有力,为无间亲依止性。因为不像于因缘等中,即使缺了某一法心也会生起那样,缺了无间心,就没有所谓心的生起。所以它是有力的缘。如是,依令适当的心生起在各自之后无间[转起]而为无间缘,依强有力之原因而为无间亲依止——应如是知它们的差别。

Anantarūpanissayopi ‘‘purimā purimā kusalā khandhā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kusalānaṃ khandhānaṃ upanissayapaccayena paccayo’’tiādinā (paṭṭhā. 1.1.9) nayena anantarapaccayena saddhiṃ nānattaṃ akatvāva vibhatto. Mātikānikkhepe pana nesaṃ ‘‘cakkhuviññāṇadhātu taṃsampayuttakā ca dhammā manodhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ anantarapaccayena paccayo’’tiādinā (paṭṭhā. 1.1.4) nayena anantarassa, ‘‘purimā purimā kusalā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upanissayapaccayena paccayo’’tiādinā (paṭṭhā. 1.1.9) nayena upanissayassa āgatattā nikkhepe viseso atthi. Sopi atthato ekībhāvameva gacchati. Evaṃ santepi attano attano anantarā anurūpassa cittuppādassa pavattanasamatthatāya anantaratā, purimacittassa pacchimacittuppādane balavatāya anantarūpanissayatā veditabbā. Yathā hi hetupaccayādīsu kiñci dhammaṃ vināpi cittaṃ uppajjati, na evaṃ anantaracittaṃ vinā cittassa uppatti nāma atthi. Tasmā balavapaccayo hoti. Iti attano attano anantarā anurūpacittuppādanavasena anantarapaccayo, balavakāraṇavasena anantarūpanissayoti evametesaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
已对照

至于本性亲依止,已作成的(pakata)亲依止,为本性亲依止。所谓已作成的,是在自己的相续中所生成的信、戒等,或所亲近的时节、食物等。或者,唯以本性(pakati)[而为]亲依止,为本性亲依止,即不与所缘、无间[亲依止]相杂,此是其义。应依「依止信而布施,受持戒,作布萨业,令禅生起,令观生起,令道生起,令神通生起,令等至生起。依止戒、闻、舍、慧而布施……乃至……令等至生起。信、戒、闻、舍、慧以亲依止缘为信、戒、闻、舍、慧之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.423)等方式,从多种方面了知它的本性亲依止的类别。如是,这些信等既是已作成的,又以强有力之原因之义而为亲依止,故为本性亲依止。

Pakatūpanissayo pana pakato upanissayo pakatūpanissayo. Pakato nāma attano santāne nipphādito vā saddhāsīlādi upasevito vā utubhojanādi. Pakatiyā eva vā upanissayo pakatūpanissayo, ārammaṇānantarehi asammissoti attho. Tassa pakatūpanissayo ‘‘saddhaṃ upanissāya dānaṃ deti, sīlaṃ samādiyati, uposathakammaṃ karoti, jhānaṃ uppādeti, vipassanaṃ uppādeti, maggaṃ uppādeti, abhiññaṃ uppādeti, samāpattiṃ uppādeti. Sīlaṃ, sutaṃ, cāgaṃ, paññaṃ upanissāya dānaṃ deti…pe… samāpattiṃ uppādeti. Saddhā, sīlaṃ, sutaṃ, cāgo, paññā saddhāya, sīlassa, sutassa, cāgassa, paññāya, upanissayapaccayena paccayo’’tiādinā (paṭṭhā. 1.1.423) nayena anekappakārato pabhedo veditabbo. Iti ime saddhādayo pakatā ceva balavakāraṇaṭṭhena upanissayā cāti pakatūpanissayoti.
603缅 2.169已对照

六百零三、先前已生起,以现存之性助益的法,是前生缘。它依五门中的依处与所缘,以及心所依处,有十一种。即如所说——「眼处以前生缘为眼识界及与其相应诸法之缘。耳……乃至……鼻、舌、身处,色、声、香、味、所触处,以前生缘为身识界及与其相应诸法之缘。色、声、香、味、所触处为意界[之缘]。依止某色而意界与意识界转起,那色以前生缘为意界及与其相应诸法之缘;为意识界及与其相应诸法,有时以前生缘为缘,有时不以前生缘为缘」(《发趣论》1.1.10)。

603. Paṭhamataraṃ uppajjitvā vattamānabhāvena upakārako dhammo purejātapaccayo. So pañcadvāre vatthārammaṇahadayavatthuvasena ekādasavidho hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘cakkhāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ purejātapaccayena paccayo. Sota…pe… ghāna, jivhā, kāyāyatanaṃ, rūpa, sadda, gandha, rasa, phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ purejātapaccayena paccayo. Rūpa, sadda, gandha, rasa, phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ manodhātuyā. Yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāya manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti, taṃ rūpaṃ manodhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ purejātapaccayena paccayo. Manoviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ kiñcikāle purejātapaccayena paccayo. Kiñcikāle na purejātapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.10).
604已对照

六百零四、以支持先已生起的诸色法之性助益的非色法,是后生缘,犹如雏鹫身体之于[其]希求食物之思。因此说:「后生的心、心所诸法以后生缘为先生的此身之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.11)。

604. Purejātānaṃ rūpadhammānaṃ upatthambhakattena upakārako arūpadhammo pacchājātapaccayo gijjhapotakasarīrānaṃ āhārāsācetanā viya. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pacchājātā cittacetasikā dhammā purejātassa imassa kāyassa pacchājātapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.11).
605已对照

六百零五、以串习之义,为了诸无间[法]的纯熟、有力之性而助益的法,是串习缘,犹如于典籍等之前前的勤习。它依善、不善、唯作速行有三种。即如所说——「前前的诸善法以串习缘为后后诸善法之缘。前前的诸不善[法]……乃至……诸唯作无记法以串习缘为后后诸唯作无记法之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.12)。

605. Āsevanaṭṭhena anantarānaṃ paguṇabalavabhāvāya upakārako dhammo āsevanapaccayo ganthādīsu purimapurimābhiyogo viya. So kusalākusalakiriyajavanavasena tividho hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘purimā purimā kusalā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ āsevanapaccayena paccayo. Purimā purimā akusalā…pe… kiriyābyākatā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kiriyābyākatānaṃ dhammānaṃ āsevanapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.12).
606已对照

六百零六、以称为心之加行的作为之性助益的法,是业缘。它依异刹那的善、不善思,以及一切俱生之思,有两种。即如所说——「善、不善业以业缘为诸异熟蕴及业所造诸色之缘。思以业缘为相应诸法及由其等起诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.13)。

606. Cittapayogasaṅkhātena kiriyabhāvena upakārako dhammo kammapaccayo. So nānakkhaṇikāya ceva kusalākusalacetanāya sahajātāya ca sabbāyapi cetanāya vasena duvidho hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ vipākānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ kammapaccayena paccayo. Cetanā sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ kammapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.13).
607缅 2.170已对照

六百零七、以无努力的寂静之性,为了[他法的]无努力的寂静之性而助益的异熟法,是异熟缘。它于转起时为由其等起[诸色]之缘,于结生时为业所造诸色之缘,于一切处为相应诸法之缘。即如所说——「一个异熟无记蕴以异熟缘为三蕴及心等起诸色之缘……乃至……于结生刹那,一个异熟无记蕴为三蕴及业所造诸色[之缘];三蕴为一蕴[之缘];两蕴以异熟缘为两蕴及业所造诸色之缘;诸蕴以异熟缘为依处之缘」。

607. Nirussāhasantabhāvena nirussāhasantabhāvāya upakārako vipākadhammo vipākapaccayo. So pavatte taṃsamuṭṭhānānaṃ, paṭisandhiyaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ, sabbattha ca sampayuttadhammānaṃ paccayo hoti. Yathāha –‘‘vipākābyākato eko khandho tiṇṇannaṃ khandhānaṃ cittasamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ vipākapaccayena paccayo…pe… paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākato eko khandho tiṇṇannaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ. Tayo khandhā ekassa khandhassa. Dve khandhā dvinnaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ vipākapaccayena paccayo. Khandhā vatthussa vipākapaccayena paccayo’’ti.
608已对照

六百零八、以支持之义助益色与非色的四食,是食缘。即如所说——「段食以食缘为此身之缘。诸非色食以食缘为相应诸法及由其等起诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.15)。而于问题分中也说:「于结生刹那,诸异熟无记食以食缘为相应诸蕴及业所造诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.429)。

608. Rūpārūpānaṃ upatthambhakaṭṭhena upakārakā cattāro āhārā āhārapaccayo. Yathāha –‘‘kabaḷīkāro āhāro imassa kāyassa āhārapaccayena paccayo. Arūpino āhārā sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ āhārapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.15). Pañhāvāre pana ‘‘paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatā āhārā sampayuttakānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ āhārapaccayena paccayo’’tipi (paṭṭhā. 1.1.429) vuttaṃ.
609已对照

六百零九、以增上之义助益、除女根与男根之外的二十根,是根缘。此中,眼根等唯是诸非色法的[缘],其余的是色与非色的缘。即如所说——「眼根为眼识界……乃至……耳……鼻……舌……身根以根缘为身识界及与其相应诸法之缘。色命根以根缘为业所造色之缘。诸非色根以根缘为相应诸法及由其等起诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.16)。而于问题分中也说:「于结生刹那,诸异熟无记根以根缘为相应诸蕴及业所造诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.430)。

609. Adhipatiyaṭṭhena upakārakā itthindriyapurisindriyavajjā vīsatindriyā indriyapaccayo. Tattha cakkhundriyādayo arūpadhammānaṃyeva, sesā rūpārūpānaṃ paccayā honti. Yathāha – ‘‘cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā…pe… sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyindriyaṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ indriyapaccayena paccayo. Rūpajīvitindriyaṃ kaṭattārūpānaṃ indriyapaccayena paccayo. Arūpino indriyā sampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ indriyapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.16). Pañhāvāre pana ‘‘paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatā indriyā sampayuttakānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ indriyapaccayena paccayo’’tipi (paṭṭhā. 1.1.430) vuttaṃ.
610缅 2.171已对照

六百一十、以审虑之义助益的、除了双五识中的乐受与苦受二者之外、一切善等类别的七禅支,是禅那缘。即如所说——「诸禅支以禅那缘为与禅相应诸法及由其等起诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.17)。而于问题分中也说:「于结生刹那,诸异熟无记禅支以禅那缘为相应诸蕴及业所造诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.431)。

610. Upanijjhāyanaṭṭhena upakārakāni ṭhapetvā dvipañcaviññāṇe sukhadukkhavedanādvayaṃ sabbānipi kusalādibhedāni satta jhānaṅgāni jhānapaccayo. Yathāha –‘‘jhānaṅgāni jhānasampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ jhānapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.17). Pañhāvāre pana ‘‘paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatāni jhānaṅgāni sampayuttakānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ jhānapaccayena paccayo’’tipi (paṭṭhā. 1.1.431) vuttaṃ.
611已对照

六百一十一、以无论从此或从彼[,即或正或邪地]导出之义助益的、善等类别的十二道支,是道缘。即如所说——「诸道支以道缘为与道相应诸法及由其等起诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.18)。而于问题分中也说:「于结生刹那,诸异熟无记道支以道缘为相应诸蕴及业所造诸色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.432)。而应知这禅那缘与道缘二者,[依次]于双五识与无因心中不可得。

611. Yato tato vā niyyānaṭṭhena upakārakāni kusalādibhedāni dvādasa maggaṅgāni maggapaccayo. Yathāha – ‘‘maggaṅgāni maggasampayuttakānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ maggapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.18). Pañhāvāre pana ‘‘paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatāni maggaṅgāni sampayuttakānaṃ khandhānaṃ kaṭattā ca rūpānaṃ maggapaccayena paccayo’’tipi (paṭṭhā. 1.1.432) vuttaṃ. Ete pana dvepi jhānamaggapaccayā dvipañcaviññāṇāhetukacittesu na labbhantīti veditabbā.
612已对照

六百一十二、以称为同一依处、同一所缘、同时生起、同时灭的相应之性助益的诸非色法,是相应缘。即如所说——「四非色蕴相互以相应缘为缘」(《发趣论》1.1.19)。

612. Ekavatthukaekārammaṇaekuppādekanirodhasaṅkhātena sampayuttabhāvena upakārakā arūpadhammā sampayuttapaccayo. Yathāha – ‘‘cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṃ sampayuttapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.19).
613已对照

六百一十三、以不具有同一依处等之性而助益的诸色法之于诸非色法、诸非色法之于诸色法,是不相应缘。它依俱生、后生、前生有三种。因为这已被说过:「俱生的诸善蕴以不相应缘为心等起诸色之缘。后生的诸善蕴以不相应缘为先生的此身之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.434)。而于无记句的俱生分别中也说:「于结生刹那,诸异熟无记蕴以不相应缘为业所造色之缘。诸蕴为依处[之缘]。依处以不相应缘为诸蕴之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.434)。而前生应唯依眼根等依处而知。即如所说——「前生的眼处为眼识……乃至……身处以不相应缘为身识之缘。依处为诸异熟无记、唯作无记蕴……乃至……依处为诸善蕴……乃至……依处以不相应缘为诸不善蕴之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.434)。

613. Ekavatthukādibhāvānupagamena upakārakā rūpino dhammā arūpīnaṃ dhammānaṃ, arūpinopi rūpīnaṃ vippayuttapaccayo. So sahajātapacchājātapurejātavasena tividho hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘sahajātā kusalā khandhā cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ vippayuttapaccayena paccayo. Pacchājātā kusalā khandhā purejātassa imassa kāyassa vippayuttapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.434). Abyākatapadassa pana sahajātavibhaṅge ‘‘paṭisandhikkhaṇe vipākābyākatā khandhā kaṭattārūpānaṃ vippayuttapaccayena paccayo. Khandhā vatthussa. Vatthu khandhānaṃ vippayuttapaccayena paccayo’’tipi (paṭṭhā. 1.1.434) vuttaṃ. Purejātaṃ pana cakkhundriyādivatthuvaseneva veditabbaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘purejātaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa…pe… kāyāyatanaṃ kāyaviññāṇassa vippayuttapaccayena paccayo. Vatthu vipākābyākatānaṃ kiriyābyākatānaṃ khandhānaṃ…pe… vatthu kusalānaṃ khandhānaṃ…pe… vatthu akusalānaṃ khandhānaṃ vippayuttapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.434).
614缅 2.172已对照

六百一十四、以具现在相的有性,以支持同样的法而助益的法,是有缘。它的论母依非色蕴、大种、名色、心与心所、大种、处、依处,以七种提出。即如所说——「四非色蕴相互以有缘为缘;四大种、入胎刹那的名色相互;心、心所诸法为心等起诸色;大种为所造色;眼处为眼识界……乃至……身处……乃至……色处……乃至……所触处以有缘为身识界及与其相应诸法之缘;色处……乃至……所触处为意界及与其相应诸法;依止某色而意界与意识界转起,那色以有缘为意界、意识界及与其相应诸法之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.21)。

614. Paccuppannalakkhaṇena atthibhāvena tādisasseva dhammassa upatthambhakattena upakārako dhammo atthipaccayo. Tassa arūpakkhandhamahābhūtanāmarūpacittacetasikamahābhūtaāyatanavatthuvasena sattadhā mātikā nikkhittā. Yathāha –‘‘cattāro khandhā arūpino aññamaññaṃ atthipaccayena paccayo, cattāro mahābhūtā, okkantikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ aññamaññaṃ. Cittacetasikā dhammā cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ rūpānaṃ. Mahābhūtā upādārūpānaṃ. Cakkhāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā…pe… kāyāyatanaṃ…pe… rūpāyatanaṃ…pe… phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ atthipaccayena paccayo. Rūpāyatanaṃ…pe… phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ manodhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ. Yaṃ rūpaṃ nissāya manodhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti, taṃ rūpaṃ manodhātuyā ca manoviññāṇadhātuyā ca taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ atthipaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.21).
已对照

而于问题分中,又提出俱生、前生、后生、食、根:首先于俱生中,以「一蕴以有缘为三蕴及由其等起诸色之缘」等(《发趣论》1.1.435)方式作了解说;于前生中,依前生的眼等作了解说;于后生中,依后生的心、心所为先生的此身之缘作了解说;于食与根中,作了这样的解说:「段食以有缘为此身之缘。色命根以有缘为业所造色之缘」(《发趣论》1.1.435)。

Pañhāvāre pana sahajātaṃ purejātaṃ pacchājātaṃ āhāraṃ indriyantipi nikkhipitvā sahajāte tāva ‘‘eko khandho tiṇṇannaṃ khandhānaṃ taṃsamuṭṭhānānañca rūpānaṃ atthipaccayena paccayo’’tiādinā (paṭṭhā. 1.1.435) nayena niddeso kato, purejāte purejātānaṃ cakkhādīnaṃ vasena niddeso kato. Pacchājāte purejātassa imassa kāyassa pacchājātānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ paccayavasena niddeso kato. Āhārindriyesu ‘‘kabaḷīkāro āhāro imassa kāyassa atthipaccayena paccayo. Rūpajīvitindriyaṃ kaṭattārūpānaṃ atthipaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.435) evaṃ niddeso katoti.
615已对照

六百一十五、以给予在自己之后无间生起的诸非色法转起之机会而助益的、等无间已灭的诸非色法,是无有缘。即如所说——「等无间已灭的心、心所诸法以无有缘为现在的心、心所诸法之缘」。

615. Attano anantarā uppajjamānānaṃ arūpadhammānaṃ pavattiokāsadānena upakārakā samanantaraniruddhā arūpadhammā natthipaccayo. Yathāha –‘‘samanantaraniruddhā cittacetasikā dhammā paṭuppannānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ natthipaccayena paccayo’’ti.
已对照

正是它们,由于以离去之性助益,是离去缘。即如所说——「等无间已离去的心、心所诸法以离去缘为现在的心、心所诸法之缘」。

Te eva vigatabhāvena upakārakattā vigatapaccayo. Yathāha – ‘‘samanantaravigatā cittacetasikā dhammā paṭuppannānaṃ cittacetasikānaṃ dhammānaṃ vigatapaccayena paccayo’’ti.
已对照

而应知,正是诸有缘之法,由于以不离去之性助益,是不离去缘。然而这一组二法,是由于说法之美妙,或依应如是调伏的所化[众生]而说的,犹如说了无因二法之后,又说与因不相应二法。

Atthi paccayadhammā eva ca avigatabhāvena upakārakattā avigatapaccayoti veditabbā. Desanāvilāsena pana tathā vinetabbaveneyyavasena vā ayaṃ duko vutto, ahetukadukaṃ vatvāpi hetuvippayuttaduko viyāti.
已对照

「以无明为缘而有行」句的详说

Avijjāpaccayāsaṅkhārapadavitthārakathā
616缅 2.173已对照

六百一十六、如是,于这二十四缘之中,这无明——

616. Evamimesu catuvīsatiyā paccayesu ayaṃ avijjā,
已对照

于诸福[行],以两种[方式]为缘;然而以多种[方式],

Paccayo hoti puññānaṃ, duvidhānekadhā pana;
已对照

于其他[行];于最后的[行],它被认为以一种[方式]为缘。

Paresaṃ pacchimānaṃ sā, ekadhā paccayo matāti.
已对照

此中,「于诸福[行]……两种」者:即以所缘缘与亲依止缘两种[方式]为缘。因为它于把无明作为尽、作为灭去而思择之时,以所缘缘为欲界诸福行之缘;于以神通心了知有痴之心时,[以所缘缘为]色界[诸福行之缘]。而对于为了超越无明而圆满布施等欲界福业事、又令色界诸禅生起者,它以亲依止缘为那两种[福行]之缘。同样,对于因被无明所迷而希求欲有、色有的成就、作那些福[行]者,[它也以亲依止缘为缘]。

Tattha puññānaṃ duvidhāti ārammaṇapaccayena ca upanissayapaccayena cāti dvedhā paccayo hoti. Sā hi avijjaṃ khayato vayato sammasanakāle kāmāvacarānaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo hoti. Abhiññācittena samohacittaṃ jānanakāle rūpāvacarānaṃ. Avijjāsamatikkamatthāya pana dānādīni ceva kāmāvacarapuññakiriyavatthūni pūrentassa, rūpāvacarajjhānāni ca uppādentassa dvinnampi tesaṃ upanissayapaccayena paccayo hoti. Tathā avijjāsammūḷhattā kāmabhavarūpabhavasampattiyo patthetvā tāneva puññāni karontassa.
已对照

「然而以多种[方式]……于其他[行]」者:即以多种[方式]为诸非福行之缘。怎样呢?因为它于缘取无明而贪等生起之时,以所缘缘[为缘];于尊重[它]而味著之时,以所缘增上与所缘亲依止[为缘];对于被无明所迷、不见过患而作杀生等者,以亲依止缘[为缘];于第二速行等,以无间、等无间、无间亲依止、串习、无有、离去缘[为缘];对于作任何不善者,以因、俱生、相互、依止、相应、有、不离去缘[为缘]——如是以多种[方式]为缘。

Anekadhā pana paresanti apuññābhisaṅkhārānaṃ anekadhā paccayo hoti. Kathaṃ? Esā hi avijjaṃ ārabbha rāgādīnaṃ uppajjanakāle ārammaṇapaccayena, garuṃkatvā assādanakāle ārammaṇādhipatiārammaṇūpanissayehi, avijjāsammūḷhassa anādīnavadassāvino pāṇātipātādīni karontassa upanissayapaccayena, dutiyajavanādīnaṃ anantarasamanantaraanantarūpanissayāsevananatthivigatapaccayehi, yaṃkiñci akusalaṃ karontassa hetu sahajāta aññamañña nissaya sampayutta atthi avigatapaccayehīti anekadhā paccayo hoti.
已对照

「于最后的[行],它被认为以一种[方式]为缘」者:即被认为唯以亲依止缘一种[方式]为诸不动行之缘。而它的那亲依止之性,应依于福行中所说的方式而知。

Pacchimānaṃ sā ekadhā paccayo matāti āneñjābhisaṅkhārānaṃ upanissayapaccayeneva ekadhā paccayo matā. So panassā upanissayabhāvo puññābhisaṅkhāre vuttanayeneva veditabboti.
617缅 2.174已对照

六百一十七、于此[有人]说:「那么,是唯有这无明为诸行之缘,还是另有其他的缘呢?」[答:]于此[你要说]什么呢?[问:]「若唯它一个,便堕于一因论;若另有其他,则『以无明为缘而有行』这一因的解说便不合理吧?」[答:]并非不合理。为什么呢?因为——

此中,从一[因]无一[果],[从一因]亦无多[果],从多[因]亦无一[果]——

[如是的]果是没有的;然而于显示一因一果,是有意义的。

因为此中,从一因没有任何一果,也没有多[果];从多因也没有一[果];而从多因唯有多[果]。因为正是这样,从称为时节、地、种子、水的多因,可见生起的称为芽的果,唯是色、香、味等多[法]。而这「以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识」所作的一一因果的显示,于此有意义,有其目的。

因为世尊有时由于[其为]主要,有时由于明显,有时由于不共,又随顺说法之美妙与所化[众生],只显示一因或一果。因为「以触为缘而有受」,是由于主要而说一因一果。因为触是受的主要之因,由于依触而辨定受;受也是触的主要之果,由于依受而辨定触。「由痰等起的病恼」(《增支部》10.60),是由于明显而说一因。因为此中痰是明显的,业等则不[明显]。「诸比丘,凡是任何不善法,它们一切都以不如理作意为根本」,是由于不共而说一因。因为不如理作意是诸不善[法]所不共的,依处、所缘等则是共通的。所以,应知于此,虽然另有依处、所缘、俱生法等诸行的其他原因存在,这无明之所以被显示为诸行之因:[一]是由于主要——依「随观味著者,爱增长」(《相应部》2.52)与「由无明之集起而有漏之集起」(《中部》1.104)之语,它也是渴爱等诸行之其他诸因的因;[二]是由于明显——「诸比丘,无知的、陷于无明的[人],也造作福行」;[三]是由于不共。并且,正以这关于一一因果显示的解答之语,应知一切处一一因果显示的目的。

617. Etthāha – kiṃ panāyamekāva avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo, udāhu aññepi paccayā santīti? Kiṃ panettha, yadi tāva ekāva, ekakāraṇavādo āpajjati. Athaññepi santi, ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti ekakāraṇaniddeso nupapajjatīti? Na nupapajjati. Kasmā? Yasmā –
Ekaṃ na ekato idha, nānekamanekatopi no ekaṃ;
Phalamatthi atthi pana eka-hetuphaladīpane attho.
Ekato hi kāraṇato na idha kiñci ekaṃ phalamatthi, na anekaṃ. Nāpi anekehi kāraṇehi ekaṃ. Anekehi pana kāraṇehi anekameva hoti. Tathā hi anekehi utupathavībījasalilasaṅkhātehi kāraṇehi anekameva rūpagandharasādikaṃ aṅkurasaṅkhātaṃ phalaṃ uppajjamānaṃ dissati. Yaṃ panetaṃ ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti ekekahetuphaladīpanaṃ kataṃ, tattha attho atthi, payojanaṃ vijjati.
Bhagavā hi katthaci padhānattā, katthaci pākaṭattā, katthaci asādhāraṇattā desanāvilāsassa ca veneyyānañca anurūpato ekameva hetuṃ vā phalaṃ vā dīpeti. ‘‘Phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti hi padhānattā ekameva hetuphalamāha. Phasso hi vedanāya padhānahetu yathāphassaṃ vedanā vavatthānato. Vedanā ca phassassa padhānaphalaṃ yathāvedanaṃ phassavavatthānato. ‘‘Semhasamuṭṭhānā ābādhā’’ti (a. ni. 10.60) pākaṭattā ekaṃ hetumāha. Pākaṭo hi ettha semho, na kammādayo. ‘‘Ye keci, bhikkhave, akusalā dhammā, sabbe te ayonisomanasikāramūlakā’’ti asādhāraṇattā ekaṃ hetumāha. Asādhāraṇo hi ayonisomanasikāro akusalānaṃ, sādhāraṇāni vatthārammaṇādīnīti. Tasmā ayamidha avijjā vijjamānesupi aññesu vatthārammaṇasahajātadhammādīsu saṅkhārakāraṇesu ‘‘assādānupassino taṇhā pavaḍḍhatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 2.52) ca ‘‘avijjāsamudayā āsavasamudayo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.104) ca vacanato aññesampi taṇhādīnaṃ saṅkhārahetūnaṃ hetūti padhānattā, ‘‘avidvā, bhikkhave, avijjāgato puññābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharotī’’ti pākaṭattā, asādhāraṇattā ca saṅkhārānaṃ hetubhāvena dīpitāti veditabbā. Eteneva ca ekekahetuphaladīpanaparihāravacanena sabbattha ekekahetuphaladīpane payojanaṃ veditabbanti.
618已对照

六百一十八、于此[有人]说:「即使如是,对于唯有不可意之果、有罪的无明而言,作为福行与不动行之缘,怎么合理呢?因为苦楝子不会生出甘蔗。」[答:]怎会不合理呢?因为在世间中——

618. Etthāha – evaṃ santepi ekantāniṭṭhaphalāya sāvajjāya avijjāya kathaṃ puññāneñjābhisaṅkhārapaccayattaṃ yujjati? Na hi nimbabījato ucchu uppajjatīti. Kathaṃ na yujjissati? Lokasmiñhi –
缅 2.175已对照

相违的与不相违的,相似与不相似亦然;

Viruddho cāviruddho ca, sadisāsadiso tathā;
已对照

诸法之缘是成立的,而那些[法]并非唯是[其]异熟。

Dhammānaṃ paccayo siddho, vipākā eva te ca na.
已对照

因为诸法的缘,有于住立、自性、作用等上相违的与不相违的,在世间中是成立的。因为前心是后心的住立相违之缘,先前的技艺等的学习之于后来转起的技艺等作为[也是如此]。业是色的自性相违之缘,乳等之于酪等[也是如此]。光明是眼识的作用相违[之缘],糖等之于酒(āsava)等[也是如此]。而眼、色等是眼识等的住立不相违之缘。前速行等是后速行等的自性不相违、作用不相违[之缘]。

Dhammānaṃ hi ṭhānasabhāvakiccādiviruddho cāviruddho ca paccayo loke siddho. Purimacittaṃ hi aparacittassa ṭhānaviruddho paccayo, purimasippādisikkhā ca pacchā pavattamānānaṃ sippādikiriyānaṃ. Kammaṃ rūpassa sabhāvaviruddho paccayo, khīrādīni ca dadhiādīnaṃ. Āloko cakkhuviññāṇassa kiccaviruddho, guḷādayo ca āsavādīnaṃ. Cakkhurūpādayo pana cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ ṭhānāviruddhā paccayā. Purimajavanādayo pacchimajavanādīnaṃ sabhāvāviruddhā kiccāviruddhā ca.
已对照

正如相违、不相违的缘是成立的,相似、不相似的[缘]也是如此。因为相似的、称为时节与食的色,是色的缘,稻种等之于稻果等[也是如此]。不相似的色也是非色的[缘],非色也是色的缘,牛毛、羊毛、角、酪、胡麻粉等之于杜婆草(dubbā)、芦苇、香茅(bhūtiṇaka)等[也是如此]。而以它们为相违、不相违、相似、不相似之缘的那些法,并非唯是它们的异熟。

Yathā ca viruddhāviruddhā paccayā siddhā, evaṃ sadisāsadisāpi. Sadisameva hi utuāhārasaṅkhātaṃ rūpaṃ rūpassa paccayo, sālibījādīni ca sāliphalādīnaṃ. Asadisampi rūpaṃ arūpassa, arūpañca rūpassa paccayo hoti, golomāviloma-visāṇa-dadhitilapiṭṭhādīni ca dubbā-sarabhūtiṇakādīnaṃ. Yesañca dhammānaṃ te viruddhāviruddhasadisāsadisapaccayā, na te dhammā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ vipākā eva.
已对照

如是,应知这无明,虽然依异熟而唯有不可意之果,依自性而是有罪的,[却]依住立、作用、自性上相违、不相违之缘的方式,与相似、不相似之缘的方式,随其所应,成为这一切福行等的缘。而它的这缘性,已以「因为凡对苦等称为无明的无智未舍断者,他首先由于对苦以及前际等的无智,把轮回之苦以乐想执取,便发起作为它之因的三种行」等方式说过了。

Iti ayaṃ avijjā vipākavasena ekantāniṭṭhaphalā, sabhāvavasena ca sāvajjāpi samānā sabbesampi etesaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārādīnaṃ yathānurūpaṃ ṭhānakiccasabhāvaviruddhāviruddhapaccayavasena, sadisāsadisapaccayavasena ca paccayo hotīti veditabbā. So cassā paccayabhāvo ‘‘yassa hi dukkhādīsu avijjāsaṅkhātaṃ aññāṇaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, so dukkhe tāva pubbantādīsu ca aññāṇena saṃsāradukkhaṃ sukhasaññāya gahetvā tassa hetubhūte tividhepi saṅkhāre ārabhatī’’tiādinā nayena vutto eva.
619缅 2.176已对照

六百一十九、此外,这也是另一理趣——

于死与生、于轮回,以及于诸行之相,

以及于诸缘生法,凡迷惑者;

因为他造作这些三种行,

所以这[无明]是那三种[行]之缘。

若问:「于这些迷惑者,怎么造作这三种行呢?」[答:]首先,迷于死者,不把握死为「于一切处诸蕴的破坏是死」,而妄构「众生死,众生转移到另一身体」等。

迷于生者,不把握生为「于一切处诸蕴的显现是生」,而妄构「众生投生,众生新身的显现」等。

迷于轮回者:凡这[轮回]——

「诸蕴以及诸界、诸处的次第,

相续不断地转起,说为『轮回』」——

如是被描述的轮回,他不如是把握它,而妄构「这众生从此世去他世,从他世来此世」等。

迷于诸行之相者,不把握诸行的自性相与共相,而把诸行妄构为我、为我所、为恒、为乐、为净。

迷于缘生诸法者,不把握由无明等而有行等的转起,而妄构「自我或知或不知,正是它作,也令[他]作。它于结生中投生;极微、自在天等以凝滑等状态形成它的身体,令诸根具足。它具足诸根而触、受、渴爱、执取、努力。它又于另一有中生起」,或[妄构]「一切众生由命运、际遇与本性而转变」(《长部》1.168)。

他被无明弄盲,如是妄构,犹如盲人在大地上行走,或行于道,或行于非道,或行于高地,或行于低地,或行于平处,或行于不平处;同样,他既造作福[行],也造作非福[行],也造作不动行。

因此说——

「犹如天生盲目的人,没有引导者;

有时循道而行,有时也循歧道[而行]。

「愚人于轮回中流转,同样没有引导者;

有时造作福,有时也[造作]非福。

「当他了知法,将现观诸谛时;

那时由无明的寂止,他将寂静而行。」

619. Apica ayaṃ aññopi pariyāyo –
Cutūpapāte saṃsāre, saṅkhārānañca lakkhaṇe;
Yo paṭiccasamuppanna-dhammesu ca vimuyhati.
Abhisaṅkharoti so ete, saṅkhāre tividhe yato;
Avijjā paccayo tesaṃ, tividhānampayaṃ tatoti.
Kathaṃ pana yo etesu vimuyhati, so tividhepete saṅkhāre karotīti ce. Cutiyā tāva vimūḷho ‘‘sabbattha khandhānaṃ bhedo maraṇa’’nti cutiṃ agaṇhanto ‘‘satto marati, sattassa dehantarasaṅkamana’’ntiādīni vikappeti.
Upapāte vimūḷho ‘‘sabbattha khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo jātī’’ti upapātaṃ agaṇhanto ‘‘satto upapajjati, sattassa navasarīrapātubhāvo’’tiādīni vikappeti.
Saṃsāre vimūḷho yo esa,
‘‘Khandhānañca paṭipāṭi, dhātuāyatanāna ca;
Abbocchinnaṃ vattamānā, saṃsāroti pavuccatī’’ti. –
Evaṃ vaṇṇito saṃsāro, taṃ evaṃ agaṇhanto ‘‘ayaṃ satto asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati, parasmā lokā imaṃ lokaṃ āgacchatī’’tiādīni vikappeti.
Saṅkhārānaṃ lakkhaṇe vimūḷho saṅkhārānaṃ sabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ sāmaññalakkhaṇañca agaṇhanto saṅkhāre attato attaniyato dhuvato sukhato subhato vikappeti.
Paṭiccasamuppannadhammesu vimūḷho avijjādīhi saṅkhārādīnaṃ pavattiṃ agaṇhanto ‘‘attā jānāti vā na jānāti vā, so eva karoti ca kāreti ca. So paṭisandhiyaṃ upapajjati, tassa aṇuissarādayo kalalādibhāvena sarīraṃ saṇṭhapento indriyāni sampādenti. So indriyasampanno phusati, vediyati, taṇhīyati, upādiyati, ghaṭiyati. So puna bhavantare bhavatī’’ti vā, ‘‘sabbe sattā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.168) vā vikappeti.
So avijjāya andhīkato evaṃ vikappento yathā nāma andho pathaviyaṃ vicaranto maggampi amaggampi thalampi ninnampi samampi visamampi paṭipajjati, evaṃ puññampi apuññampi āneñjābhisaṅkhārampi abhisaṅkharotīti.
Tenetaṃ vuccati –
‘‘Yathāpi nāma jaccandho, naro apariṇāyako;
Ekadā yāti maggena, ummaggenāpi ekadā.
‘‘Saṃsāre saṃsaraṃ bālo, tathā apariṇāyako;
Karoti ekadā puññaṃ, apuññamapi ekadā.
‘‘Yadā ca ñatvā so dhammaṃ, saccāni abhisamessati;
Tadā avijjūpasamā, upasanto carissatī’’ti.
已对照

这是关于「以无明为缘而有行」一句的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以行为缘而有识」句的详说

Saṅkhārapaccayāviññāṇapadavitthārakathā
620已对照

六百二十、在「以行为缘而有识」一句中——「识(viññāṇa)」是眼识等六种。此中,眼识有善异熟、不善异熟两种;耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识也同样。意识有二十二种:善与不善异熟的两种意界、三种无因意识界、八种有因的欲界异熟心、五种色界[异熟心]、四种无色界[异熟心]。如是,以这六种识摄尽了一切三十二种世间异熟识。而出世间的[异熟识]由于不适合于轮转之论,所以不取。

620. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇapade – viññāṇanti cakkhuviññāṇādi chabbidhaṃ. Tattha cakkhuviññāṇaṃ kusalavipākaṃ akusalavipākanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tathā sotaghānajivhākaāyaviññāṇāni. Manoviññāṇaṃ kusalākusalavipākā dve manodhātuyo, tisso ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyo, aṭṭha sahetukāni kāmāvacaravipākacittāni, pañca rūpāvacarāni, cattāri arūpāvacarānīti bāvīsatividhaṃ hoti. Iti imehi chahi viññāṇehi sabbānipi bāttiṃsa lokiyavipākaviññāṇāni saṅgahitāni honti. Lokuttarāni pana vaṭṭakathāya na yujjantīti na gahitāni.
已对照

此中或许[有人问]:「然而如何得知这所说种类的识是以行为缘而有的呢?」[答:]由于没有已积集的业时便没有异熟。因为这[识]是异熟,而异熟不会在没有已积集的业时生起。如果会生起,一切[众生]的一切异熟都会生起;然而[它们]并不生起。由此应知:这识是以行为缘而有的。

Tattha siyā ‘‘kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ idaṃ vuttappakāraṃ viññāṇaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā hotī’’ti? Upacitakammābhāve vipākābhāvato. Vipākaṃ hetaṃ, vipākañca na upacitakammābhāve uppajjati. Yadi uppajjeyya sabbesaṃ sabbavipākāni uppajjeyyuṃ, na ca uppajjantīti jānitabbametaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā idaṃ viññāṇaṃ hotīti.
已对照

若[问]:「以哪一种行为缘而有哪一种识呢?」[答:]首先,以欲界福行为缘的,是善异熟的眼识等五种、意识中的一种意界、两种意识界、八种欲界大异熟,共十六种。即如所说——

Katarasaṅkhārapaccayā kataraṃ viññāṇanti ce. Kāmāvacarapuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā tāva kusalavipākāni pañca cakkhuviññāṇādīni, manoviññāṇe ekā manodhātu, dve manoviññāṇadhātuyo, aṭṭha kāmāvacaramahāvipākānīti soḷasa. Yathāha –
缅 2.178已对照

「因欲界善业的所作、所积集,异熟的眼识生起……耳……鼻……舌……身识……异熟的意界生起。与喜悦俱行的意识界生起。与舍俱行的意识界生起。与喜悦俱行、与智相应的;与喜悦俱行、与智相应、有行的;与喜悦俱行、与智不相应的;与喜悦俱行、与智不相应、有行的;与舍俱行、与智相应的;与舍俱行、与智相应、有行的;与舍俱行、与智不相应的;与舍俱行、与智不相应、有行的。」(《法集论》431、498)

‘‘Kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyaviññāṇaṃ … vipākā manodhātu uppannā hoti. Somanassasahagatā manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hoti. Upekkhāsahagatā manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hoti. Somanassasahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā. Somanassasahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā sasaṅkhārena. Somanassasahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā. Somanassasahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā sasaṅkhārena. Upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā. Upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇasampayuttā sasaṅkhārena. Upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā. Upekkhāsahagatā ñāṇavippayuttā sasaṅkhārenā’’ti (dha. sa. 431, 498).
已对照

而以色界福行为缘的,是五种色界异熟。即如所说——

Rūpāvacarapuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana pañca rūpāvacaravipākāni. Yathāha –
已对照

「因那同一色界善业的所作、所积集,作为异熟,[他]正离诸欲,初禅……乃至……成就并住于第五禅。」(《法集论》499)如是,以福行为缘而有二十一种识。

‘‘Tasseva rūpāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā vipākaṃ vivicceva kāmehi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… pañcamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti (dha. sa. 499). Evaṃ puññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā ekavīsatividhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti.
已对照

而以非福行为缘的,是不善异熟的眼识等五种、一种意界、一种意识界,如是有七种识。即如所说——

Apuññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana akusalavipākāni pañca cakkhuviññāṇādīni, ekā manodhātu, ekā manoviññāṇadhātūti evaṃ sattavidhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti. Yathāha –
已对照

「因不善业的所作、所积集,异熟的眼识生起……耳……鼻……舌……身识……异熟的意界、异熟的意识界生起。」(《法集论》556)

‘‘Akusalassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hoti… sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāyaviññāṇaṃ… vipākā manodhātu vipākā manoviññāṇadhātu uppannā hotī’’ti (dha. sa. 556).
已对照

而以不动行为缘的,是四种无色异熟,如是有四种识。即如所说——

Āneñjābhisaṅkhārapaccayā pana cattāri arūpavipākānīti evaṃ catubbidhaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti. Yathāha –
已对照

「因那同一无色界善业的所作、所积集,作为异熟,[他]完全超越色想,与空无边处想俱行的……乃至……识无边……乃至……无所有……乃至……与非想非非想处[想]俱行的、舍断乐与舍断苦的第四禅,成就并住。」(《法集论》501)

‘‘Tasseva arūpāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa kaṭattā upacitattā vipākaṃ sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ…pe… viññāṇañcā…pe… ākiñcaññā…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasahagataṃ sukhassa ca dukkhassa ca pahānā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti (dha. sa. 501).
621缅 2.179已对照

六百二十一、如是知道了以某某行为缘而有某某识之后,现在应如是了知它的转起:因为这一切[识]都依转起与结生而以两种方式转起。此中,两种五识、两种意界、与喜悦俱行的无因意识界——这十三种只在五蕴有中的转起时转起;其余十九种则于三有中,随其所应,在转起时也在结生时转起。

621. Evaṃ yaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā yaṃ viññāṇaṃ hoti, taṃ ñatvā idānissa evaṃ pavatti veditabbā – sabbameva hi idaṃ pavattipaṭisandhivasena dvedhā pavattati. Tattha dve pañcaviññāṇāni, dve manodhātuyo, somanassasahagatā ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātūti imāni terasa pañcavokārabhave pavattiyaññeva pavattanti. Sesāni ekūnavīsati tīsu bhavesu yathānurūpaṃ pavattiyampi paṭisandhiyampi pavattanti.
已对照

如何呢?首先,善异熟的眼识等五种,对于由善异熟或不善异熟所生、诸根已依次成熟的人,缘取来到眼等[之门]现前的可喜或可喜中性的色等所缘,依止眼等净色,成办见、听、嗅、尝、触的作用而转起。不善异熟的五种也同样;只是它们的所缘是不可喜或不可喜中性的,差别唯此而已。而这十种[识]的门、所缘、依处、处所都是定的,作用也是定的。

Kathaṃ? Kusalavipākāni tāva cakkhuviññāṇādīni pañca kusalavipākena akusalavipākena vā nibbattassa yathākkamaṃ paripākaṃ upagatindriyassa cakkhādīnaṃ āpāthagataṃ iṭṭhaṃ iṭṭhamajjhattaṃ vā rūpādiārammaṇaṃ ārabbha cakkhādipasādaṃ nissāya dassanasavanaghāyanasāyanaphusanakiccaṃ sādhayamānāni pavattanti. Tathā akusalavipākāni pañca. Kevalañhi tesaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ aniṭṭhamajjhattaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ hoti. Ayameva viseso. Dasapi cetāni niyatadvārārammaṇavatthuṭṭhānāni niyatakiccāneva ca bhavanti.
已对照

其次,在善异熟的眼识等之后,善异熟意界缘取它们的那同一所缘,依止心所依处,成办领受的作用而转起。不善异熟的[意界]在不善异熟的[眼识等]之后也同样。而这两种[意界]的门与所缘不定,依处与处所是定的,作用也是定的。

Tato kusalavipākānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantarā kusalavipākā manodhātu tesaṃyeva ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha hadayavatthuṃ nissāya sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā pavattati. Tathā akusalavipākānaṃ anantarā akusalavipākā. Idañca pana dvayaṃ aniyatadvārārammaṇaṃ niyatavatthuṭṭhānaṃ niyatakiccañca hoti.
已对照

而与喜悦俱行的无因意识界,在善异熟意界之后,缘取它的那同一所缘,依止心所依处,成办推度的作用;又于六门中、在强所缘上,对于欲界众生,多半在与贪相应的速行之末,截断有分的进路(bhavaṅgavīthi),于速行所取的所缘上,依彼所缘[的方式]转起一次或两次——这是在《中部义注》中所说的。而在阿毗达摩的义注中,于彼所缘[处]出有两个心次(cittavāra)。而这心得到「彼所缘」与「后有分(piṭṭhibhavaṅga)」两个名称。它的门与所缘不定,依处是定的,处所与作用不定。如是,首先应知这十三种只在五蕴有中的转起时转起。

Somanassasahagatā pana ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātu kusalavipākamanodhātuyā anantarā tassā eva ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha hadayavatthuṃ nissāya santīraṇakiccaṃ sādhayamānā chasu dvāresu balavārammaṇe kāmāvacarasattānaṃ yebhuyyena lobhasampayuttajavanāvasāne bhavaṅgavīthiṃ pacchinditvā javanena gahitārammaṇe tadārammaṇavasena ca sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃ vā pavattatīti majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana tadārammaṇe dve cittavārā āgatā. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ tadārammaṇanti ca piṭṭhibhavaṅganti cāti dve nāmāni labhati. Aniyatadvārārammaṇaṃ niyatavatthukaṃ aniyataṭṭhānakiccañca hotīti. Evaṃ tāva terasa pañcavokārabhave pavattiyaññeva pavattantīti veditabbāni.
缅 2.180已对照

其余十九种中,没有任何一种不以与自己相应的结生[作用]转起。而在转起时,首先,善与不善异熟的两种无因意识界:在五门中、在善与不善异熟意界之后[成办]推度作用;在六门中依前面所说的方式[成办]彼所缘作用;在自己所给予的结生之后,于没有截断有分的心生起时[成办]有分作用;在最后[成办]死的作用——成办这四种作用,依处是定的,门、所缘、处所、作用都不定而转起。

Sesesu ekūnavīsatiyā na kiñci attano anurūpāya paṭisandhiyā na pavattati. Pavattiyaṃ pana kusalākusalavipākā tāva dve ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyo pañcadvāre kusalākusalavipākamanodhātūnaṃ anantarā santīraṇakiccaṃ, chasu dvāresu pubbe vuttanayeneva tadārammaṇakiccaṃ, attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti cattāri kiccāni sādhayamānā niyatavatthukā aniyatadvārārammaṇaṭṭhānakiccā hutvā pavattanti.
已对照

八种欲界有因心,依所说的方式在六门中[成办]彼所缘作用;在自己所给予的结生之后,于没有截断有分的心生起时[成办]有分作用;在最后[成办]死的作用——成办这三种作用,依处是定的,门、所缘、处所、作用都不定而转起。

Aṭṭha kāmāvacarasahetukacittāni vuttanayeneva chasu dvāresu tadārammaṇakiccaṃ, attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti tīṇi kiccāni sādhayamānāni niyatavatthukāni aniyatadvārārammaṇaṭṭhānakiccāni hutvā pavattanti.
已对照

五种色界[心]与四种无色[心],在自己所给予的结生之后,于没有截断有分的心生起时[成办]有分作用,在最后[成办]死的作用——成办这两种作用而转起。其中,色界[心]的依处与所缘是定的,处所与作用不定;其余的[无色心]决定无依处,所缘是定的,处所与作用不定而转起。如是,首先,三十二种识在转起中都以行为缘而转起。而此中,那各各的行以业缘与亲依止缘为它的缘。

Pañca rūpāvacarāni cattāri ca āruppāni attanā dinnapaṭisandhito uddhaṃ asati bhavaṅgupacchedake cittuppāde bhavaṅgakiccaṃ, ante cutikiccañcāti kiccadvayaṃ sādhayamānāni pavattanti. Tesu rūpāvacarāni niyatavatthārammaṇāni aniyataṭṭhānakiccāni, itarāni niyatavatthukāni niyatārammaṇāni aniyataṭṭhānakiccāni hutvā pavattantīti evaṃ tāva bāttiṃsavidhampi viññāṇaṃ pavattiyaṃ saṅkhārapaccayā pavattati. Tatrāssa te te saṅkhārā kammapaccayena ca upanissayapaccayena ca paccayā honti.
622已对照

六百二十二、而所说的「其余十九种中,没有任何一种不以与自己相应的结生[作用]转起」,那由于太过简略而难以了知。所以为显示它的详说之法而说:有多少种结生?有多少种结生心?以何[心]于何处结生?什么是结生的所缘?

622. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘sesesu ekūnavīsatiyā na kiñci attano anurūpāya paṭisandhiyā na pavattatī’’ti, taṃ atisaṃkhittattā dubbijānaṃ. Tenassa vitthāranayadassanatthaṃ vuccati – kati paṭisandhiyo, kati paṭisandhicittāni, kena kattha paṭisandhi hoti, kiṃ paṭisandhiyā ārammaṇanti?
缅 2.181已对照

连同无想结生,有二十种结生。结生心就是所说种类的十九种。此中,以不善异熟的无因意识界,于诸苦界中结生;以善异熟的[无因意识界],于人界中为生来盲者、生来聋者、生来癫狂者、聋哑[般]者、不男不女者等[结生];以八种有因的欲界异熟,为欲界诸天中与人中的有福者结生;以五种色界异熟,于有色梵天界[结生];以四种无色界异熟,于无色界[结生]。而凡以何[心]于何处结生,那就名为它的相应结生。而略说,结生的所缘有三种:过去的、现在的与不可说的。无想结生是无所缘的。

Asaññapaṭisandhiyā saddhiṃ vīsati paṭisandhiyo. Vuttappakārāneva ekūnavīsati paṭisandhicittāni. Tattha akusalavipākāya ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyā apāyesu paṭisandhi hoti. Kusalavipākāya manussaloke jaccandhajātibadhirajātiummattakajātieḷamūganapuṃsakādīnaṃ. Aṭṭhahi sahetukakāmāvacaravipākehi kāmāvacaradevesu ceva manussesu ca puññavantānaṃ paṭisandhi hoti. Pañcahi rūpāvacaravipākehi rūpībrahmaloke. Catūhi arūpāvacaravipākehi arūpaloketi. Yena ca yattha paṭisandhi hoti, sā eva tassa anurūpā paṭisandhi nāma. Saṅkhepato pana paṭisandhiyā tīṇi ārammaṇāni honti atītaṃ paccuppannaṃ navattabbañca. Asaññā paṭisandhi anārammaṇāti.
已对照

此中,识无边处与非想非非想处结生的所缘唯是过去的;十种欲界[结生]的[所缘]是过去的或现在的;其余[结生]的[所缘]唯是不可说的。而如是于三种所缘上转起的结生,由于它只紧接在以过去为所缘或以不可说为所缘的死心之后转起,而所谓以现在为所缘的死心是没有的;所以,应知紧接在于两种所缘中以某一为所缘的死之后、于三种所缘中以某一为所缘的结生,依善趣与恶趣而转起的行相。

Tattha viññāṇañcāyatananevasaññānāsaññāyatanapaṭisandhīnaṃ atītameva ārammaṇaṃ. Dasannaṃ kāmāvacarānaṃ atītaṃ vā paccuppannaṃ vā. Sesānaṃ navattabbameva. Evaṃ tīsu ārammaṇesu pavattamānā pana paṭisandhi yasmā atītārammaṇassa vā navattabbārammaṇassa vā cuticittassa anantarameva pavattati. Paccuppannārammaṇaṃ pana cuticittaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā dvīsu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā tīsu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇāya paṭisandhiyā sugatiduggativasena pavattanākāro veditabbo.
623已对照

六百二十三、即是:首先,对于住在欲界善趣、造恶业的人,依「那些[业]在那时悬垂于他」等语(《中部》3.248),当他卧于临终之床时,如其所积集的恶业或业相来到意门现前。在缘取它而生起的、以彼所缘为终的速行心路之后,[他]以有分的境为所缘而生起死心。当它灭去时,就缘取那同一来到现前的业或业相,由未被截断的烦恼之力所牵引的、属于恶趣的结生心生起。这是紧接在以过去为所缘的死之后的、以过去为所缘的结生。

623. Seyyathidaṃ – kāmāvacarasugatiyaṃ tāva ṭhitassa pāpakammino puggalassa ‘‘tānissa tasmiṃ samaye olambantī’’tiādivacanato (ma. ni. 3.248) maraṇamañce nipannassa yathūpacitaṃ pāpakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Taṃ ārabbha uppannāya tadārammaṇapariyosānāya javanavīthiyā anantaraṃ bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cuticittaṃ uppajjati. Tasmiṃ niruddhe tadeva āpāthagataṃ kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā ārabbha anupacchinnakilesabalavināmitaṃ duggatipariyāpannaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā atītārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
已对照

另一人在临死之时,依所说种类之业的力量,地狱等处的火焰颜色等恶趣相来到意门现前;对他而言,有分生起两次而灭去之后,缘取那所缘,[生起]一个转向;由于死的临近、势力已转弱,[生起]五个速行、两个彼所缘——如是生起三[类]心路心。其后,以有分的境为所缘[生起]一个死心。到此为止,十一个心刹那已经过去。于是,于那只剩五个心刹那寿命的同一所缘上,他的结生心生起。这是紧接在以过去为所缘的死之后的、以现在为所缘的结生。

Aparassa maraṇasamaye vuttappakārakammavasena narakādīsu aggijālavaṇṇādikaṃ duggatinimittaṃ manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati, tassa dvikkhattuṃ bhavaṅge uppajjitvā niruddhe taṃ ārammaṇaṃ ārabbha ekaṃ āvajjanaṃ, maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇānīti tīṇi vīthicittāni uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ. Ettāvatā ekādasa cittakkhaṇā atītā honti. Athassa avasesapañcacittakkhaṇāyuke tasmiññeva ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
缅 2.182已对照

另一人在临死之时,于五门中的某一门,成为贪等之因的低劣所缘来到现前。对他而言,在依次第生起的确定之末,由于死的临近、势力已转弱,生起五个速行与两个彼所缘。其后,以有分的境为所缘[生起]一个死心。而到此为止,两个有分、转向、见、领受、推度、确定、五个速行、两个彼所缘、一个死心——十五个心刹那已经过去。于是,于那只剩一个心刹那寿命的同一所缘上,结生心生起。这也是紧接在以过去为所缘的死之后的、以现在为所缘的结生。这暂且是紧接在以过去为所缘的善趣之死后的、以过去或现在为所缘的恶趣结生转起的行相。

Aparassa maraṇasamaye pañcannaṃ dvārānaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rāgādihetubhūtaṃ hīnamārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati. Tassa yathākkamena uppanne voṭṭhabbanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇāni ca uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ. Ettāvatā ca dve bhavaṅgāni, āvajjanaṃ, dassanaṃ, sampaṭicchanaṃ, santīraṇaṃ, voṭṭhabbanaṃ, pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇāni, ekaṃ cuticittanti pañcadasa cittakkhaṇā atītā honti. Athāvasesaekacittakkhaṇāyuke tasmiññeva ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayampi atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi. Esa tāva atītārammaṇāya sugaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya duggatipaṭisandhiyā pavattanākāro.
624已对照

六百二十四、而对于住在恶趣、已积集无罪之业的人,依所说的方式,那无罪之业或业相来到意门现前——如是在黑分[之处]安上白分,其余一切应依前面的方式了知。这是紧接在以过去为所缘的恶趣之死后的、以过去或现在为所缘的善趣结生转起的行相。

624. Duggatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana upacitānavajjakammassa vuttanayeneva taṃ anavajjakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchatīti kaṇhapakkhe sukkapakkhaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya duggaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya sugatipaṭisandhiyā pavattanākāro.
625已对照

六百二十五、而对于住在善趣、已积集无罪之业的人,依「那些[业]在那时悬垂于他」等语,当他卧于临终之床时,如其所积集的无罪之业或业相来到意门现前。而那只是就已积集欲界无罪之业者而说的;至于已积集广大之业者,来到现前的唯是业相。在缘取它而生起的、以彼所缘为终的或纯粹的速行心路之后,[他]以有分的境为所缘而生起死心。当它灭去时,就缘取那同一来到现前的业或业相,由未被截断的烦恼之力所牵引的、属于善趣的结生心生起。这是紧接在以过去为所缘的死之后的、以过去为所缘或以不可说为所缘的结生。

625. Sugatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana upacitānavajjakammassa ‘‘tānissa tasmiṃ samaye olambantī’’tiādivacanato maraṇamañce nipannassa yathūpacitaṃ anavajjakammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati. Tañca kho upacitakāmāvacarānavajjakammasseva. Upacitamahaggatakammassa pana kammanimittameva āpāthamāgacchati. Taṃ ārabbha uppannāya tadārammaṇapariyosānāya suddhāya vā javanavīthiyā anantaraṃ bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cuticittaṃ uppajjati. Tasmiṃ niruddhe tameva āpāthagataṃ kammaṃ vā kammanimittaṃ vā ārabbha anupacchinnakilesabalavināmitaṃ sugatipariyāpannaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā atītārammaṇā vā navattabbārammaṇā vā paṭisandhi.
缅 2.183已对照

另一人在临死之时,依欲界无罪之业的力量,于人界称为母胎颜色的、或于天界称为园林、天宫、如意树等颜色的善趣相来到意门现前;对他而言,依恶趣相处所显示的次第,紧接在死心之后生起结生心。这是紧接在以过去为所缘的死之后的、以现在为所缘的结生。

Aparassa maraṇasamaye kāmāvacaraanavajjakammavasena manussaloke mātukucchivaṇṇasaṅkhātaṃ vā devaloke uyyānavimānakapparukkhādivaṇṇasaṅkhātaṃ vā sugatinimittaṃ manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati, tassa duggatinimitte dassitānukkameneva cuticittānantaraṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
已对照

另一人在临死之时,亲属们说:「亲爱的,这是为你而作的供佛,请令心净信。」[于是]以花鬘、幢幡等[带来]色所缘,或以听法、乐器供养等[带来]声所缘,或以香烟、熏香、香料等[带来]香所缘,或说「亲爱的,尝尝这个,这是要为你布施的所施物」而以蜜、糖等[带来]味所缘,或说「亲爱的,触触这个,这是要为你布施的所施物」而以支那绢、苏摩罗绢等[带来]所触所缘,带到[他的]五门前;对他而言,于那来到现前的色等所缘上,在依次第生起的确定之末,由于死的临近、势力已转弱,生起五个速行与两个彼所缘。其后,以有分的境为所缘[生起]一个死心;在它之末,于那只住一个心刹那的同一所缘上,结生心生起。这也是紧接在以过去为所缘的死之后的、以现在为所缘的结生。

Aparassa maraṇasamaye ñātakā ‘‘ayaṃ tāta tavatthāya buddhapūjā karīyati cittaṃ pasādehī’’ti vatvā pupphadāmapaṭākādivasena rūpārammaṇaṃ vā, dhammassavanatūriyapūjādivasena saddārammaṇaṃ vā, dhūmavāsagandhādivasena gandhārammaṇaṃ vā, ‘‘idaṃ tāta sāyassu tavatthāya dātabbadeyyadhamma’’nti vatvā madhuphāṇitādivasena rasārammaṇaṃ vā, ‘‘idaṃ tāta phusassu tavatthāya dātabbadeyyadhamma’’nti vatvā cīnapaṭṭasomārapaṭṭādivasena phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaṃ vā pañcadvāre upasaṃharanti, tassa tasmiṃ āpāthagate rūpādiārammaṇe yathākkamena uppannavoṭṭhabbanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni, dve tadārammaṇāni ca uppajjanti. Tato bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ, tadavasāne tasmiññeva ekacittakkhaṇaṭṭhitike ārammaṇe paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayampi atītārammaṇāya cutiyā anantarā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
626已对照

六百二十六、而另一人,依地遍禅等已获得广大[禅],住在善趣;在临死之时,或欲界善业、业相、趣相中的某一种,或地遍等相,或广大心,来到意门现前;或于眼、耳中的某一[门],成为善[心]生起之因的胜妙所缘来到现前;对他而言,在依次第生起的确定之末,由于死的临近、势力已转弱,生起五个速行。而对于趣向广大者,没有彼所缘,所以紧接在速行之后,以有分的境为所缘而生起一个死心。在它之末,属于欲界与广大诸善趣中某一善趣的、以如所现起的诸所缘中某一为所缘的结生心生起。这是紧接在以不可说为所缘的善趣之死后的、以过去、现在、不可说中某一为所缘的结生。

626. Aparassa pana pathavīkasiṇajjhānādivasena paṭiladdhamahaggatassa sugatiyaṃ ṭhitassa maraṇasamaye kāmāvacarakusalakamma-kammanimitta-gatinimittānaṃ vā aññataraṃ, pathavīkasiṇādikaṃ vā nimittaṃ, mahaggatacittaṃ vā manodvāre āpāthamāgacchati, cakkhusotānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ kusaluppattihetubhūtaṃ paṇītamārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati, tassa yathākkamena uppannavoṭṭhabbanāvasāne maraṇassa āsannabhāvena mandībhūtavegattā pañca javanāni uppajjanti. Mahaggatagatikānaṃ pana tadārammaṇaṃ natthi, tasmā javanānantaraṃyeva bhavaṅgavisayaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekaṃ cuticittaṃ uppajjati. Tassāvasāne kāmāvacaramahaggatasugatīnaṃ aññatarasugatipariyāpannaṃ yathūpaṭṭhitesu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ navattabbārammaṇāya sugaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannanavattabbārammaṇānaṃ aññatarārammaṇā paṭisandhi.
已对照

依此随顺[之理],也应了知紧接在无色之死后的结生。这是紧接在以过去或不可说为所缘的善趣之死后的、以过去、不可说或现在为所缘的结生转起的行相。

Etenānusārena āruppacutiyāpi anantarā paṭisandhi veditabbā. Ayaṃ atītanavattabbārammaṇāya sugaticutiyā anantarā atītanavattabbapaccuppannārammaṇāya paṭisandhiyā pavattanākāro.
627缅 2.184已对照

六百二十七、而对于住在恶趣、造恶业的人,依所说的方式,那业、业相或趣相[来到]意门;或于五门中,成为不善[心]生起之因的所缘来到现前;于是对他而言,依次第在死心之末,属于恶趣、以那些所缘中某一为所缘的结生心生起。这是紧接在以过去为所缘的恶趣之死后的、以过去或现在为所缘的结生转起的行相。到此为止,十九种识依结生的转起已被阐明。

627. Duggatiyaṃ ṭhitassa pana pāpakammino vuttanayeneva taṃ kammaṃ kammanimittaṃ gatinimittaṃ vā manodvāre. Pañcadvāre vā pana akusaluppatti hetubhūtaṃ ārammaṇaṃ āpāthamāgacchati, athassa yathākkamena cuticittāvasāne duggatipariyāpannaṃ tesu ārammaṇesu aññatarārammaṇaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ atītārammaṇāya duggaticutiyā anantarā atītapaccuppannārammaṇāya paṭisandhiyā pavattanākāroti. Ettāvatā ekūnavīsatividhassāpi viññāṇassa paṭisandhivasena pavatti dīpitā hoti.
628已对照

六百二十八、而这一切就是如是——

628. Tayidaṃ sabbampi evaṃ,
已对照

于结生中转起时,它依业以两种方式而转;

Pavattamānaṃ sandhimhi, dvedhā kammena vattati;
已对照

又依混合等差别,它的区分有两种等。

Missādīhi ca bhedehi, bhedassa duvidhādiko.
已对照

因为这十九种异熟识于结生中转起时,依业以两种方式而转。因为各自的令生业,以异刹那业缘与亲依止缘为一[识]的缘。因为这已被说过:「善与不善业以亲依止缘为异熟的缘。」(《发趣论》1.1.423)而如是转起的它,也应知依混合等差别而有两种等的区分。

Idañhi ekūnavīsatividhampi vipākaviññāṇaṃ paṭisandhimhi pavattamānā dvedhā kammena vattati. Yathāsakañhi ekassa janakakammaṃ nānākkhaṇikakammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena ca paccayo hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ vipākassa upanissayapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.423). Evaṃ vattamānassa panassa missādīhi bhedehi duvidhādikopi bhedo veditabbo.
已对照

即是:这[识]虽依结生而以一种方式转起,[却]依与色混合、不混合的差别而有两种;依欲有、色有、无色有的差别而有三种;依卵生、胎生、湿生、化生之生而有四种;依趣而有五种;依识住而有七种;依众生居而有八种。

Seyyathidaṃ – idañhi paṭisandhivasena ekadhā pavattamānampi rūpena saha missāmissabhedato duvidhaṃ. Kāmarūpārūpabhavabhedato tividhaṃ. Aṇḍajajalābuja-saṃsedaja-opapātikayonivasena catubbidhaṃ. Gativasena pañcavidhaṃ. Viññāṇaṭṭhitivasena sattavidhaṃ. Sattāvāsavasena aṭṭhavidhaṃ hoti.
629已对照

六百二十九、此中——

629. Tattha,
已对照

混合的依性的差别而有两种,其中有性的又有两种;

Missaṃ dvidhā bhāvabhedā, sabhāvaṃ tattha ca dvidhā;
已对照

最少有两种或三种十法聚,与最初的[识]俱[生]。

Dve vā tayo vā dasakā, omato ādinā saha.
已对照

「混合的依性的差别而有两种(missaṃ dvidhā bhāvabhedā)」者:此中,除了无色有以外,凡生起的与色混合的结生识,那[识]在色有中由于不与称为女根、男根的性一同生起,在欲有中除了生来黄门的结生以外由于与性一同生起,[故]有「有性的」「无性的」两种。

Missaṃ dvidhā bhāvabhedāti yaṃ hetaṃ ettha aññatra arūpabhavā rūpamissaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ uppajjati, taṃ rūpabhave itthindriyapurisindriyasaṅkhātena bhāvena vinā uppattito. Kāmabhave aññatra jātipaṇḍakapaṭisandhiyā bhāvena saha uppattito sa-bhāvaṃ, a-bhāvanti duvidhaṃ hoti.
缅 2.185已对照

「其中有性的又有两种(sabhāvaṃ tattha ca dvidhā)」者:其中凡有性的,那由于与女性、男性中的某一种一同生起,[故]也只有两种。

Sabhāvaṃ tattha ca dvidhāti tatthāpi ca yaṃ sa-bhāvaṃ, taṃ itthipurisabhāvānaṃ aññatarena saha uppattito duvidhameva hoti.
已对照

「最少有两种或三种十法聚,与最初的[识]俱[生](dve vā tayo vā dasakā omato ādinā saha)」者:此中,于「混合的、不混合的」这一对中作为最初的、与色混合的结生识,与它一同,最少有依依处十法聚、身十法聚的两种,或依依处十法聚、身十法聚、性十法聚的三种十法聚生起;过此再没有色的减少了。而这样以最少分量生起的那[色],在名为卵生、胎生的两种生中,如以生羊毛(jātiuṇṇā)的一缕挑起的醍醐[滴]之量,得到「凝滑(kalala)」之名而生起。此中,应依趣而知诸生的出生差别。

Dve vā tayo vā dasakā omato ādinā sahāti yaṃ hetamettha ‘‘missaṃ amissa’’nti duke ādibhūtaṃ rūpamissaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ, tena saha vatthukāyadasakavasena dve vā, vatthukāyabhāvadasakavasena tayo vā dasakā omato uppajjanti, natthi ito paraṃ rūpaparihānīti. Taṃ panetaṃ evaṃ omakaparimāṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ aṇḍajajalābujanāmikāsu dvīsu yonīsu jātiuṇṇāya ekena aṃsunā uddhaṭasappimaṇḍappamāṇaṃ kalalanti laddhasaṅkhaṃ hutvā uppajjati. Tattha yonīnaṃ gativasena sambhavabhedo veditabbo.
630缅 2.186已对照

六百三十、因为于这些[生]中——

于地狱,及除地居[天]外的诸天中,[诸]生里

前三种是没有的;而于三趣中,四种都有。

此中,「及……诸天中(devesu ca)」者:应知以「及(ca)」字[表示]:犹如在地狱中与除地居[天]外的诸天中,同样在焦渴饿鬼(nijjhāmataṇhikapeta)中也没有前三种生;因为他们唯是化生的。而在其余称为畜生、饿鬼界、人的三趣中,以及在前面所除去的地居天中,四种生都有。此中——

于有色[梵天]中三十又九[种色];最多则七十种色,

于湿生与化生之生中;或者最少,则三十。

首先,于化生之生者中的有色梵天,依眼十法聚、耳十法聚、依处十法聚与命九法聚这四个聚,有三十九种色与结生识一同生起。而除了有色梵天之外,在其余湿生与化生之生者中,最多依眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、依处、性十法聚而有七十种[色];而那些在诸天中是恒常的。此中,颜色、香、味、食素、四界、眼净色、命——这一以十种色为量的色团,名为眼十法聚。其余的也应如是了知。而最少,对于生来盲、聋、无鼻、不男不女者,依舌、身、依处十法聚,有三十种色生起。而在最多与最少之间,应随所应而知其种种组合。

630. Etāsu hi,
Niraye bhummavajjesu, devesu ca na yoniyo;
Tisso purimikā honti, catassopi gatittaye.
Tattha devesu cāti casaddena yathā niraye ca bhummavajjesu ca devesu, evaṃ nijjhāmataṇhikapetesu ca purimikā tisso yoniyo na santīti veditabbā. Opapātikā eva hi te honti. Sese pana tiracchānapettivisayamanussasaṅkhāte gatittaye pubbe vajjitabhummadevesu ca catassopi yoniyo honti. Tattha,
Tiṃsa nava ceva rūpīsu, sattati ukkaṃsatotha rūpāni;
Saṃsedupapātayonisu, atha vā avakaṃsato tiṃsa.
Rūpībrahmesu tāva opapātikayonikesu cakkhusotavatthudasakānaṃ jīvitanavakassa cāti catunnaṃ kalāpānaṃ vasena tiṃsa ca nava ca paṭisandhiviññāṇena saha rūpāni uppajjanti. Rūpī brahme pana ṭhapetvā aññesu saṃsedajaopapātikayonikesu ukkaṃsato cakkhusotaghānajivhākāyavatthubhāvadasakānaṃ vasena sattati, tāni ca niccaṃ devesu. Tattha vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā catasso cāpi dhātuyo cakkhupasādo jīvitanti ayaṃ dasarūpaparimāṇo rūpapuñjo cakkhudasako nāma. Evaṃ sesā veditabbā. Avakaṃsato pana jaccandhabadhiraaghānakanapuṃsakassa jivhākāyavatthudasakānaṃ vasena tiṃsa rūpāni uppajjanti. Ukkaṃsāvakaṃsānaṃ pana antare anurūpato vikappo veditabbo.
631–632已对照

六百三十一、如是了知之后,又——

依蕴、所缘、趣、因、受、喜、寻与伺,

应遍知死与结生的差别与无差别之殊异。

即:凡这依混合、不混合而有两种的结生,以及凡在它之前紧邻的死,应依这些蕴等了知它们的差别与无差别之殊异——此是其义。

如何呢?有时,紧接在四蕴的无色之死后,是四蕴的、连所缘也不异的结生;有时,紧接在以非广大、外为所缘的[死]之后,是以广大、内为所缘的[结生]——这暂且是唯在无色诸地中的方法。而有时,紧接在四蕴的无色之死后,是五蕴的欲界结生;有时,紧接在五蕴的欲界之死或色界之死后,是四蕴的无色结生。同样,紧接在以过去为所缘的死之后,是以现在为所缘的结生;紧接在某些善趣之死后,是某些恶趣结生;紧接在无因之死后,是有因结生;紧接在二因之死后,是三因结生;紧接在与舍俱行的死之后,是与喜悦俱行的结生;紧接在无喜之死后,是有喜结生;紧接在无寻之死后,是有寻结生;紧接在无伺之死后,是有伺结生;紧接在无寻无伺之死后,是有寻有伺结生——如是对各各[情形],也应随所应而依相反[之序]配合。

631. Evaṃ viditvā puna,
Khandhārammaṇagatihetu-vedanāpītivitakkavicārehi;
Bhedābhedaviseso, cutisandhīnaṃ pariññeyyo.
Yā hesā missāmissato duvidhā paṭisandhi, yā cassā atītānantarā cuti, tāsaṃ imehi khandhādīhi bhedābhedaviseso ñātabboti attho.
Kathaṃ? Kadāci hi catukkhandhāya āruppacutiyā anantarā catukkhandhāva ārammaṇatopi abhinnā paṭisandhi hoti. Kadāci amahaggatabahiddhārammaṇāya mahaggataajjhattārammaṇā. Ayaṃ tāva arūpabhūmīsuyeva nayo. Kadāci pana catukkhandhāya arūpacutiyā anantarā pañcakkhandhā kāmāvacarapaṭisandhi. Kadāci pañcakkhandhāya kāmāvacaracutiyā rūpāvacaracutiyā vā anantarā catukkhandhā arūpapaṭisandhi. Evaṃ atītārammaṇāya cutiyā paccuppannārammaṇā paṭisandhi. Ekaccasugaticutiyā ekaccaduggatipaṭisandhi. Ahetukacutiyā sahetukapaṭisandhi. Duhetukacutiyā tihetukapaṭisandhi. Upekkhāsahagatacutiyā somanassasahagatapaṭisandhi. Appītikacutiyā sappītikapaṭisandhi. Avitakkacutiyā savitakkapaṭisandhi. Avicāracutiyā savicārapaṭisandhi. Avitakkāvicāracutiyā savitakkasavicārapaṭisandhīti tassa tassa viparītato ca yathāyogaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
632.
633缅 2.187已对照

六百三十二、

如是获得了缘的,只是这法而已,它趋向另一有;

它没有从那里[来的]转移,也不是离了那里的因而有。

如是,这获得了缘的、正在生起的唯色、非色法,被称为「趋向另一有」,不是众生,不是命。而它既没有从过去有到此处的转移,也不是离了那里的因而于此处出现。这一点,我们将以明显的人的死与结生的次第来阐明。

因为在过去有中,自然地或因[伤害的]手段而临近死亡的人,不能忍受那难以忍受的、截断一切大小肢节关节之系缚的、致死诸受之刀剑的聚集;当身体如投于烈日下的青多罗叶一般渐渐枯萎,眼等诸根灭去,身根、意根、命根只住立于心所依处的范围时,依止于那刹那残余之心所依处的识,缘取重[业]、多习行[业]、临死[业]、先前所作[业]中的某一种——已得其余诸缘的、称为行的业,或由它所现起的、称为业相、趣相的境——而转起。这样转起的它,由于渴爱与无明未断,于那过患被无明所覆蔽的境上,渴爱使[它]倾向,俱生的诸行抛掷[它]。依相续而被渴爱所倾向、被诸行所抛掷的它,犹如攀住系在此岸树上的绳索而越过沟渠的人,既舍弃前一依止,又或获得、或不获得(assādayamānaṃ vā anassādayamānaṃ vā)由业所等起的后一依止,唯依所缘等诸缘而转起。

而此中,前者由于死去(cavana)而称为死,后者由于连结另一有等而称为结生。而应知这[识]既不是从前一有来到此处的,也不是离了业、行、倾向(nati)、境等因而出现的。

Laddhapaccayamiti dhammamattametaṃ bhavantaramupeti;
Nāssa tato saṅkanti, na tato hetuṃ vinā hoti.
Iti hetaṃ laddhapaccayaṃ rūpārūpadhammamattaṃ uppajjamānaṃ bhavantaramupetīti vuccati, na satto, na jīvo. Tassa ca nāpi atītabhavato idha saṅkanti atthi. Nāpi tato hetuṃ vinā idha pātubhāvo. Tayidaṃ pākaṭena manussacutipaṭisandhikkamena pakāsayissāma.
Atītabhavasmiṃ hi sarasena upakkamena vā samāsannamaraṇassa asayhānaṃ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasandhibandhanacchedakānaṃ māraṇantikavedanāsatthānaṃ sannipātaṃ asahantassa ātape pakkhittaharitatālapaṇṇamiva kamena upasussamāne sarīre niruddhesu cakkhādīsu indriyesu hadayavatthumatte patiṭṭhitesu kāyindriyamanindriyajīvitindriyesu taṅkhaṇāvasesahadayavatthusannissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ garukasamāsevitāsannapubbakatānaṃ aññataraṃ laddhāvasesapaccayasaṅkhārasaṅkhātaṃ kammaṃ, tadupaṭṭhāpitaṃ vā kammanimittagatinimittasaṅkhātaṃ visayaṃ ārabbha pavattati. Tadevaṃ pavattamānaṃ taṇhāvijjānaṃ appahīnattā avijjāpaṭicchāditādīnave tasmiṃ visaye taṇhā nāmeti, sahajātasaṅkhārā khipanti. Taṃ santativasena taṇhāya nāmiyamānaṃ saṅkhārehi khippamānaṃ orimatīrarukkhavinibaddharajjumālambitvā mātikātikkamako viya purimañca nissayaṃ jahati, aparañca kammasamuṭṭhāpitaṃ nissayaṃ assādayamānaṃ vā anassādayamānaṃ vā ārammaṇādīhiyeva paccayehi pavattatīti.
Ettha ca purimaṃ cavanato cuti. Pacchimaṃ bhavantarādipaṭisandhānato paṭisandhīti vuccati. Tadetaṃ nāpi purimabhavā idhāgataṃ, nāpi tato kammasaṅkhāranativisayādihetuṃ vinā pātubhūtanti veditabbaṃ.
633.
缅 2.188已对照

六百三十三、

此中可以有回声等作为譬喻;

由于相续的连结,既没有同一,也没有相异。

而此中,对于这识不从前一有来到此处、却由属于过去有之因而生起[这一点],回声、灯、印、影像之类的法可以作为譬喻。因为犹如回声、灯、印、影以声等为因而有,却没有去到别处;这心也正是如此。

而此中,由于相续的连结,既没有同一,也没有相异。因为若在有相续之连结时有绝对的同一,就不会有从乳生成的酪;又若有绝对的相异,酪就不会是依属于乳的。一切因与因所生[法]中都是这一方法。而若如此,就会有一切世间言说的废失,而那是不可取的。所以此中既不应承认绝对的同一,也不应[承认绝对的]相异。

Siyuṃ nidassanānettha, paṭighosādikā atha;
Santānabandhato natthi, ekatā nāpi nānatā.
Ettha cetassa viññāṇassa purimabhavato idha anāgamane, atītabhavapariyāpannahetūti ca uppāde paṭighosa-padīpa-muddā-paṭibimbappakārā dhammā nidassanāni siyuṃ. Yathā hi paṭighosa-padīpa-muddā-chāyā saddādihetukā honti aññatra agantvā evamevaṃ idaṃ cittaṃ.
Ettha ca santānabandhato natthi ekatā nāpi nānatā. Yadi hi santānabandhe sati ekantamekatā bhaveyya, na khīrato dadhi sambhūtaṃ siyā. Athāpi ekantanānatā bhaveyya, na khīrassādhīno dadhi siyā. Esa nayo sabbahetuhetusamuppannesu. Evañca sati sabbalokavohāralopo siyā, so ca aniṭṭho. Tasmā ettha na ekantamekatā vā nānatā vā upagantabbāti.
634已对照

六百三十四、此中[有人]说:难道不是吗?既然是如此无转移的出现,那么由于在这人的自体中的诸蕴已灭,又由于作为果之缘的业没有去到那里,那果就会是另一者的、并且是从另一[因]而来的;又若没有受用者,那果是谁的呢?所以这一安立不善。对此说如下——

634. Etthāha – nanu evaṃ asaṅkantipātubhāve sati ye imasmiṃ manussattabhāve khandhā, tesaṃ niruddhattā, phalapaccayassa ca kammassa tattha agamanato aññassa aññato ca taṃ phalaṃ siyā, upabhuñjake ca asati kassa taṃ phalaṃ siyā, tasmā na sundaramidaṃ vidhānanti. Tatridaṃ vuccati –
已对照

于相续中的这果,既不是另一者的,也不是从另一[因]而来的;

Santāne yaṃ phalaṃ etaṃ, nāññassa na ca aññato;
已对照

对种子的加工,能成立这一义。

Bījānaṃ abhisaṅkhāro, etassatthassa sādhako.
已对照

因为在同一相续中生起的果,由于在那里绝对的同一与相异都已被否定,[所以]既不是「另一者的」,也不是「从另一[因]而来」。而对种子的加工,能成立这一义。因为当对芒果种子等作了加工时,在那种子的相续中得到了缘、于他时生起的殊特之果,既不是别的种子的,也不是以别的加工为缘而生起;而那些种子或那些加工也没有到达果的处所——应知这[业果]也是如此相同。又以施于幼小之身的学问、技艺、药等于他时在长大之身等上所给予的果,也应了知此义。

Ekasantānasmiṃ hi phalaṃ uppajjamānaṃ tattha ekantaekattanānattānaṃ paṭisiddhattā aññassāti vā aññatoti vā na hoti. Etassa ca panatthassa bījānaṃ abhisaṅkhāro sādhako. Ambabījādīnaṃ hi abhisaṅkhāresu katesu tassa bījassa santāne laddhapaccayo kālantare phalaviseso uppajjamāno na aññabījānaṃ, nāpi aññābhisaṅkhārapaccayā uppajjati, na ca tāni bījāni, te abhisaṅkhārā vā phalaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇanti, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vijjāsipposadhādīhi cāpi bālasarīre upayuttehi kālantare vuḍḍhasarīrādīsu phaladehi ayamattho veditabbo.
已对照

而所说的「又若没有受用者,那果是谁的呢」,于此——

Yampi vuttaṃ ‘‘upabhuñjake ca asati kassa taṃ phalaṃ siyā’’ti, tattha,
已对照

唯由果的生起,受用者的世俗[称呼]便成立;

Phalassuppattiyā eva, siddhā bhuñjakasammuti;
已对照

犹如由树生起果,[便有]「[树]结果」的世俗[称呼]。

Phaluppādena rukkhassa, yathā phalati sammuti.
已对照

因为犹如在称为树的诸法中,唯由作为[其]一部分的树果之生起,便说「树结果」或「[树]已结果」;同样,在称为天、人的诸蕴中,唯由作为[其]一部分的、称为受用的乐苦之果的生起,便说「天或人在受用」,或说「快乐」「痛苦」。所以此中另一个所谓的受用者并无任何用处。

Yathā hi rukkhasaṅkhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekadesabhūtassa rukkhaphalassa uppattiyā eva rukkho phalatīti vā phalitoti vā vuccati, tathā devamanussasaṅkhātānaṃ khandhānaṃ ekadesabhūtassa upabhogasaṅkhātassa sukhadukkhaphalassa uppādeneva devo, manusso vā upabhuñjatīti vā, sukhito, dukkhitoti vā vuccati. Tasmā na ettha aññena upabhuñjakena nāma koci attho atthīti.
635缅 2.189已对照

六百三十五、又若有人说:「即使如此,这些行成为果的缘,或是在存在时,或是在不存在时;而若是在存在时,它们的异熟应当只在[它们]转起的刹那就有;若是在不存在时,在转起之前与之后都会恒常地带来果。」对他应这样说——

635. Yopi vadeyya ‘‘evaṃ santepi ete saṅkhārā vijjamānā vā phalassa paccayā siyuṃ, avijjamānā vā, yadi ca vijjamānā pavattikkhaṇeyeva nesaṃ vipākena bhavitabbaṃ, atha avijjamānā pavattito pubbe pacchā ca niccaṃ phalāvahā siyu’’nti, so evaṃ vattabbo –
已对照

这些行由于已作而为缘,并不恒常地带来果;

Katattā paccayā ete, na ca niccaṃ phalāvahā;
已对照

对此,应知担保人等的譬喻。

Pāṭibhogādikaṃ tattha, veditabbaṃ nidassanaṃ.
已对照

因为诸行只由于已作而为自己之果的缘,不由于存在,也不由于不存在。即如所说:「因欲界善业的所作、所积集,异熟的眼识生起」等(《法集论》431)。而它们为自己相应之果的缘之后,由于已成异熟,便不再带来果。为阐明这一义,应知这担保人等的譬喻。因为犹如在世间,凡为了交付某物而作担保人、或买货物、或借债的人,对他而言,只是那行为的作成,就是那物之交付等的缘,而不是行为的存在或不存在;而在那物的交付等之后,他也不再是承担者。为什么呢?由于交付等已作。同样,诸行也只由于已作而为自己之果的缘,在随其所应给予果之后,也不再带来果。到此为止,依混合、不混合以两种方式转起的结生识以行为缘的转起,已被阐明。

Katattāyeva hi saṅkhārā attano phalassa paccayā honti, na vijjamānattā, avijjamānattā vā. Yathāha – ‘‘kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’tiādi (dha. sa. 431). Yathārahassa ca attano phalassa paccayā hutvā na puna phalāvahā honti vipākattā. Etassa catthassa vibhāvane idaṃ pāṭibhogādikaṃ nidassanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yathā hi loke yo kassaci atthassa niyyātanatthaṃ pāṭibhogo hoti, bhaṇḍaṃ vā kiṇāti, iṇaṃ vā gaṇhāti, tassa taṃ kiriyākaraṇamattameva tadatthaniyyātanādimhi paccayo hoti, na kiriyāya vijjamānattaṃ, avijjamānattaṃ vā, na ca tadatthaniyyātanādito parampi dhārakova hoti. Kasmā? Niyyātanādīnaṃ katattā. Evaṃ katattāva saṅkhārāpi attano phalassa paccayā honti, na ca yathārahaṃ phaladānato parampi phalāvahā hontīti. Ettāvatā missāmissavasena dvedhāpi vattamānassa paṭisandhiviññāṇassa saṅkhārapaccayā pavatti dīpitā hoti.
636缅 2.190已对照

六百三十六、现在,为了破除对于所有那三十二种异熟识的迷惑——

依结生与转起,于有等之中,

应了知诸行如何为哪些[识]的缘。

此中,三有、四生、五趣、七识住、九众生居——这些名为「有等」。应了知:于这些有等之中,在结生与转起中,这些[行]是哪些异熟识的缘、如何为缘——此是其义。

此中,首先在福行中,以欲界八种思为区分的福行,于欲有的善趣中,不加区别地,在结生时以异刹那业缘与亲依止缘两种方式为九种异熟识的缘。以色界五种善思为区分的福行,于色有中,只在结生时为五种[异熟识的缘]。

而所说区分的欲界[福行],于欲有的善趣中,依所说的方式以两种方式在转起时为除去与舍俱行的无因意识界的七种有限异熟识的缘,而不是在结生时。那同一[欲界福行]于色有中,同样在转起时为五种异熟识的缘,而不是在结生时。而于欲有的恶趣中,同样在转起时为全部八种有限异熟识的缘,而不是在结生时。此中,在地狱里,于大目犍连长老游历地狱等[之时]遇到可喜所缘时,它便成为缘;而在畜生中与有大神通的饿鬼中,可喜所缘本就可得。

那同一[欲界福行]于欲有的善趣中,同样在转起时与结生时为全部十六种善异熟识的缘。而不加区别地,福行于色有中,同样在转起时与结生时为十种异熟识的缘。

以十二种不善思为区分的非福行,于欲有的恶趣中,同样在结生时为一种识的缘,而不是在转起时;在转起时为六种[识的缘],而不是在结生时;在转起时与结生时为全部七种不善异熟识的缘。

而于欲有的善趣中,同样在转起时为那同样七种[识]的缘,而不是在结生时。于色有中,同样在转起时为四种异熟识的缘,而不是在结生时。而那是就在欲界中见不可喜之色、闻[不可喜之]声而说的;至于在梵天界,没有所谓不可喜的色等。欲界天界也是这样。

不动行于无色有中,同样在转起时与结生时为四种异熟识的缘。

如是,首先应依诸有中的结生与转起,了知这些行是哪些[识]的缘、如何为缘。依同一方法,于生等之中也应了知。

636. Idāni sabbesveva tesu bāttiṃsavipākaviññāṇesu sammohavighātatthaṃ,
Paṭisandhipavattīnaṃ, vasenete bhavādisu;
Vijānitabbā saṅkhārā, yathā yesañca paccayā.
Tattha tayo bhavā, catasso yoniyo, pañca gatiyo, satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, nava sattāvāsāti ete bhavādayo nāma. Etesu bhavādīsu paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca ete yesaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ paccayā, yathā ca paccayā honti, tathā vijānitabbāti attho.
Tattha puññābhisaṅkhāre tāva kāmāvacaraaṭṭhacetanābhedo puññābhisaṅkhāro avisesena kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ navannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ nānakkhaṇikakammapaccayena ceva upanissayapaccayena cāti dvedhā paccayo. Rūpāvacarapañcakusalacetanābhedo puññābhisaṅkhāro rūpabhave paṭisandhiyaṃ eva pañcannaṃ.
Vuttappabhedakāmāvacaro pana kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ upekkhāsahagatāhetumanoviññāṇadhātuvajjānaṃ sattannaṃ parittavipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva dvedhā paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Sveva rūpabhave pañcannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Kāmabhave pana duggatiyaṃ aṭṭhannampi parittavipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Tattha niraye mahāmoggallānattherassa narakacārikādīsu iṭṭhārammaṇasamāyoge so paccayo hoti, tiracchānesu pana petamahiddhikesu ca iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ labbhatiyeva.
Sveva kāmabhave sugatiyaṃ soḷasannampi kusalavipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca. Avisesena pana puññābhisaṅkhāro rūpabhave dasannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca.
Dvādasākusalacetanābhedo apuññābhisaṅkhāro kāmabhave duggatiyaṃ ekassa viññāṇassa tatheva paccayo paṭisandhiyaṃ, no pavatte. Channaṃ pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Sattannampi akusalavipākaviññāṇānaṃ pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca.
Kāmabhave pana sugatiyaṃ tesaṃyeva sattannaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Rūpabhave catunnaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. So ca kho kāmāvacare aniṭṭharūpadassanasaddasavanavasena, brahmaloke pana aniṭṭharūpādayo nāma natthi. Tathā kāmāvacaradevalokepi.
Āneñjābhisaṅkhāro arūpabhave catunnaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ tatheva paccayo pavatte ca paṭisandhiyañca.
Evaṃ tāva bhavesu paṭisandhipavattīnaṃ vasena ete saṅkhārā yesaṃ paccayā, yathā ca paccayā honti, tathā vijānitabbā. Eteneva nayena yoniādīsupi veditabbā.
637已对照

六百三十七、此中,从开头起,这是只显其门径的阐明——因为在这些行中,首先,福行于两种有中给予结生之后,产生自己的一切异熟;同样,于卵生等四生中、于称为天与人的两趣中、于称为身有种种想有种种、身有种种想同一、身同一想有种种、身同一想同一的四识住中[给予结生之后,产生自己的一切异熟]。而于无想众生居中,它只造作色,所以也于四种众生居中给予结生之后,产生自己的一切异熟。所以,它于这两种有、四生、两趣、四识住、四众生居中,依所说的方式,随其可能在结生时与转起时为二十一种异熟识的缘。

637. Tatridaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya mukhamattapakāsanaṃ – imesu hi saṅkhāresu yasmā puññābhisaṅkhāro tāva dvīsu bhavesu paṭisandhiṃ datvā sabbamattano vipākaṃ janeti. Tathā aṇḍajādīsu catūsu yonīsu, devamanussasaṅkhātāsu dvīsu gatīsu, nānattakāyanānattasaññīnānattakāyaekattasaññī-ekattakāyanānattasaññī-ekattakāyaekattasaññīsaṅkhātāsu catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu. Asaññasattāvāse panesa rūpamattamevābhisaṅkharotīti catūsuyeva sattāvāsesu ca paṭisandhiṃ datvā sabbamattano vipākaṃ janeti. Tasmā esa etesu dvīsu bhavesu, catūsu yonīsu, dvīsu gatīsu, catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, catūsu sattāvāsesu ca ekavīsatiyā vipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti yathāsambhavaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca.
已对照

而非福行,由于只于欲有一种有中、于四生中、于其余三趣中、于称为身有种种想同一的一种识住中、以及于那同样的一种众生居中,依结生而成熟,所以它于一种有、四生、三趣、一种识住、一种众生居中,依所说的方式,在结生时与转起时为七种异熟识的缘。

Apuññābhisaṅkhāro pana yasmā ekasmiṃyeva kāmabhave catūsu yonīsu, avasesāsu tīsu gatīsu, nānattakāyaekattasaññīsaṅkhātāya ekissā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā, tādiseyeva ca ekasmiṃ sattāvāse paṭisandhivasena vipaccati, tasmā esa ekasmiṃ bhave, catūsu yonīsu, tīsu gatīsu, ekissā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā, ekamhi ca sattāvāse sattannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca.
已对照

而不动行,由于只于无色有一种有中、于化生一种生中、于天趣一种趣中、于空无边处等三种识住中、以及于空无边处等四种众生居中,依结生而成熟,所以它于一种有、一种生、一种趣、三种识住、四种众生居中,依所说的方式,在结生时与转起时为四种识的缘。如是——

Āneñjābhisaṅkhāro pana yasmā ekasmiṃyeva arūpabhave, ekissā opapātikayoniyā, ekissā devagatiyā, ākāsānañcāyatanādikāsu tīsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, ākāsānañcāyatanādikesu ca catūsu sattāvāsesu paṭisandhivasena vipaccati, tasmā esa ekasmiṃ bhave, ekissā yoniyā, ekissā gatiyā, tīsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, catūsu sattāvāsesu catunnaṃ viññāṇānaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte cāti. Evaṃ,
缅 2.192已对照

依结生与转起,于有等之中,

Paṭisandhipavattīnaṃ, vasenete bhavādisu;
已对照

应了知诸行如何为哪些[识]的缘。

Vijānitabbā saṅkhārā, yathā yesañca paccayāti.
已对照

这是关于「以行为缘而有识」一句的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以识为缘而有名色」句的详说

Viññāṇapaccayānāmarūpapadavitthārakathā
638已对照

六百三十八、在「以识为缘而有名色」一句中——

638. Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpapade –
已对照

依名色的区分,依于有等之中的转起,

Vibhāgā nāmarūpānaṃ, bhavādīsu pavattito;
已对照

依摄、依缘的方法,应了知[其]抉择。

Saṅgahā paccayanayā, viññātabbo vinicchayo.
已对照

「依名色的区分(vibhāgā nāmarūpānaṃ)」者:此中,「名」是由于向所缘倾向(namana)[而称为名]的受等三蕴;「色」是四大种与依四大种的所造色。它们的区分已在〈蕴的解说〉中说过了。如是,此中首先应依名色的区分了知抉择。

Vibhāgā nāmarūpānanti ettha hi nāmanti ārammaṇābhimukhaṃ namanato vedanādayo tayo khandhā, rūpanti cattāri mahābhūtāni catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ. Tesaṃ vibhāgo khandhaniddese vuttoyevāti. Evaṃ tāvettha vibhāgā nāmarūpānaṃ viññātabbo vinicchayo.
已对照

「依于有等之中的转起(bhavādīsu pavattito)」者:而此中,名除了一种众生居之外,于一切有、生、趣、识住与其余众生居中转起;色于两种有、四种生、五趣、前四种识住、五种众生居中转起。

Bhavādīsu pavattitoti ettha ca nāmaṃ ekaṃ sattāvāsaṃ ṭhapetvā sabbabhavayonigativiññāṇaṭṭhitisesasattāvāsesu pavattati, rūpaṃ dvīsu bhavesu, catūsu yonīsu, pañcasu gatīsu, purimāsu catūsu viññāṇaṭṭhitīsu, pañcasu sattāvāsesu pavattati.
已对照

而当这名色如是转起时,由于对无性的胎卧者与卵生者,在结生刹那,依依处十法聚与身十法聚,从色方面有两个相续首(santatisīsa),以及三种非色蕴出现,所以,应知对他们而言,详说为从色色(rūparūpa)方面二十种法,以及三种非色蕴——这二十三种法是「以识为缘而有名色」。而依只取未曾取者[的方式](aggahitaggahaṇena),从一个相续首中除去九种色法,[便是]十四种。对于有性者,加入性十法聚,[便是]三十三种;对他们也依只取未曾取者[的方式],从两个相续首中除去十八种色法,[便是]十五种。

Evaṃ pavattamāne ca etasmiṃ nāmarūpe yasmā abhāvakagabbhaseyyakānaṃ aṇḍajānañca paṭisandhikkhaṇe vatthukāyadasakavasena rūpato dvesantatisīsāni, tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato vīsati dhammā, tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete tevīsati dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana ekasantatisīsato nava rūpadhamme apanetvā cuddasa. Sabhāvakānaṃ bhāvadasakaṃ pakkhipitvā tettiṃsa, tesampi aggahitaggahaṇena santatisīsadvayato aṭṭhārasa rūpadhamme apanetvā pannarasa.
缅 2.193已对照

又由于对化生众生中的梵身天等,在结生刹那,依眼十法聚、耳十法聚、依处十法聚与命根九法聚,从色方面有四个相续首,以及三种非色蕴出现,所以,应知对他们而言,详说为从色色方面三十九种法,以及三种非色蕴——这四十二种法是「以识为缘而有名色」。而依只取未曾取者[的方式],从三个相续首中除去二十七种法,[便是]十五种。

Yasmā ca opapātikasattesu brahmakāyikādīnaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe cakkhusotavatthudasakānaṃ, jīvitindriyanavakassa ca vasena rūpato cattāri santatisīsāni, tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato ekūnacattālīsa dhammā, tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete bācattālīsa dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana santatisīsattayato sattavīsati dhamme apanetvā pannarasa.
已对照

而在欲有中,由于对其余化生者、或湿生者中有性且诸处圆满者,在结生刹那,从色方面有七个相续首,以及三种非色蕴出现,所以,应知对他们而言,详说为从色色方面七十种法,以及三种非色蕴——这七十三种法是「以识为缘而有名色」。而依只取未曾取者[的方式],从六个色相续首中除去五十四种法,[便是]十九种。这是最多的。而最少,对于缺少各各色相续首者,依其各各[所缺]一一减去,应略说、详说地了知结生时「以识为缘而有名色」的数目。

Kāmabhave pana yasmā sesaopapātikānaṃ, saṃsedajānaṃ vā sabhāvakaparipuṇṇāyatanānaṃ paṭisandhikkhaṇe rūpato satta santatisīsāni, tayo ca arūpino khandhā pātubhavanti, tasmā tesaṃ vitthārena rūparūpato sattati dhammā, tayo ca arūpino khandhāti ete tesattati dhammā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbā. Aggahitaggahaṇena pana rūpasantatisīsachakkato catupaññāsa dhamme apanetvā ekūnavīsati. Esa ukkaṃso. Avakaṃsena pana taṃtaṃrūpasantatisīsavikalānaṃ tassa tassa vasena hāpetvā hāpetvā saṅkhepato vitthārato ca paṭisandhiyaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpasaṅkhā veditabbā.
已对照

而无色[众生]只有三种非色蕴。无想[有情]从色方面唯有命根九法聚。这暂且是结生时的方法。

Arūpīnaṃ pana tayova arūpino khandhā. Asaññīnaṃ rūpato jīvitindriyanavakamevāti. Esa tāva paṭisandhiyaṃ nayo.
已对照

而在转起中,于一切有色转起之处,在结生心的住刹那,从与结生心一同转起的时节,生起时节等起的纯八法聚。而结生心不等起色。因为犹如坠落悬崖的人不能为他人之缘,同样,[结生心]由于依处薄弱而薄弱,不能等起色。而在结生心之后,从第一有分起,[有]心等起的纯八法聚;在声出现之时,从结生刹那以后,由转起的时节与心[有]声九法聚;而对于那些依段食而活的胎卧众生——

Pavatte pana sabbattha rūpappavattidese paṭisandhicittassa ṭhitikkhaṇe paṭisandhicittena saha pavattaututo utusamuṭṭhānaṃ suddhaṭṭhakaṃ pātubhavati. Paṭisandhicittaṃ pana rūpaṃ na samuṭṭhāpeti. Tañhi yathā papāte patitapuriso parassa paccayo hotuṃ na sakkoti, evaṃ vatthudubbalatāya dubbalattā rūpaṃ samuṭṭhāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Paṭisandhicittato pana uddhaṃ paṭhamabhavaṅgato pabhuti cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ suddhaṭṭhakaṃ, saddapātubhāvakāle paṭisandhikkhaṇato uddhaṃ pavattaututo ceva cittato ca saddanavakaṃ, ye pana kabaḷīkārāhārūpajīvino gabbhaseyyakasattā, tesaṃ,
已对照

「凡他的母亲所吃的食物、饮料与餐食,

‘‘Yañcassa bhuñjati mātā, annaṃ pānañca bhojanaṃ;
已对照

他以此在那里维生,[即]入于母胎的人。」——

Tena so tattha yāpeti, mātukucchigato naro’’ti. –
缅 2.194已对照

依此语,[对他们]在为母亲所吞食物所浸透的身体中,[以及]对于化生者在最初吞下自己口中唾液之时,[有]食等起的纯八法聚——如是,这食等起的纯八法聚,与最多依两个九法聚的时节、心等起[色],共二十六种;以及前面所说的、于每一心刹那生起三次的业等起[色]七十种——[合为]九十六种色,以及三种非色蕴,总共九十九种法。或者,由于声不定,只在某些时候出现,所以除去那两种[声],应知这九十七种法随其可能是一切众生的「以识为缘而有名色」。因为无论他们睡着、放逸、在吃、在喝,日夜,这些都以识为缘而转起。而它们以识为缘的状态,我们将在后面解释。

Vacanato mātarā ajjhoharitāhārena anugate sarīre, opapātikānaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ attano mukhagataṃ kheḷaṃ ajjhoharaṇakāle āhārasamuṭṭhānaṃ suddhaṭṭhakanti idaṃ āhārasamuṭṭhānassa suddhaṭṭhakassa, utucittasamuṭṭhānānañca ukkaṃsato dvinnaṃ navakānaṃ vasena chabbīsatividhaṃ, pubbe ekekacittakkhaṇe tikkhattuṃ uppajjamānaṃ vuttaṃ kammasamuṭṭhānañca sattatividhanti channavutividhaṃ rūpaṃ, tayo ca arūpino khandhāti samāsato navanavuti dhammā. Yasmā vā saddo aniyato kadācideva pātubhāvato, tasmā duvidhampi taṃ apanetvā ime sattanavuti dhammā yathāsambhavaṃ sabbasattānaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbaṃ. Tesaṃ hi suttānampi pamattānampi khādantānampi pivantānampi divā ca rattiñca ete viññāṇapaccayā pavattanti. Tañca nesaṃ viññāṇapaccayabhāvaṃ parato vaṇṇayissāma.
已对照

而此中凡是业生色,那[色]于有、生、趣、[识]住、众生居中即使最初住立,若不为三等起的色所支持,也不能存续;三等起的[色]若不为它所支持,也[不能存续]。而是犹如虽被风吹击、却于四方被安立的诸芦束,又如虽被浪涛冲击、却在大海中某处得到立足处的诸破船者,它们互相支持而不倒下,存续着,一年、两年……乃至……一百年,直到那些众生的寿尽或福尽为止,而转起。如是,此中也应依于有等之中的转起了知抉择。

Yampanetamettha kammajarūpaṃ, taṃ bhavayonigatiṭhitisattāvāsesu sabbapaṭhamaṃ patiṭṭhahantampi tisamuṭṭhānikarūpena anupatthaddhaṃ na sakkoti saṇṭhātuṃ, nāpi tisamuṭṭhānikaṃ tena anupatthaddhaṃ. Atha kho vātabbhāhatāpi catuddisā vavatthāpitā naḷakalāpiyo viya, ūmivegabbhāhatāpi mahāsamudde katthaci laddhapatiṭṭhā bhinnavāhanikā viya ca aññamaññupatthaddhānevetāni apatamānāni saṇṭhahitvā ekampi vassaṃ dvepi vassāni…pe… vassasatampi yāva tesaṃ sattānaṃ āyukkhayo vā puññakkhayo vā, tāva pavattantīti. Evaṃ bhavādīsu pavattitopettha viññātabbo vinicchayo.
639已对照

六百三十九、「依摄(saṅgahā)」者:而此中,凡于无色中的转起与结生中、以及于五蕴有中的转起中,以识为缘的唯是名;凡于无想[有情]中一切[时]、以及于五蕴有中的转起中,以识为缘的唯是色;凡于五蕴有中一切[时],以识为缘的是名色——应知把那一切,即名、色与名色,依一分同形的余一之理(ekadesasarūpekasesanaya)摄为「名色」,而[说]「以识为缘而有名色」。

639. Saṅgahāti ettha ca yaṃ āruppe pavattipaṭisandhīsu, pañcavokārabhave ca pavattiyaṃ viññāṇapaccayā nāmameva, yañca asaññesu sabbattha, pañcavokārabhave ca pavattiyaṃ viññāṇapaccayā rūpameva, yañca pañcavokārabhave sabbattha viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca nāmarūpanti evaṃ ekadesasarūpekasesanayena saṅgahetvā viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti veditabbaṃ.
已对照

若[说]:「在无想[有情]中,由于没有识,[这]不合理。」[答:]并非不合理。这也——

Asaññesu viññāṇābhāvā ayuttanti ce, nāyuttaṃ. Idampi,
已对照

凡是名色之因的识,那被认为有两种:

Nāmarūpassa yaṃ hetu, viññāṇaṃ taṃ dvidhā mataṃ;
已对照

异熟的与非异熟的,由此,这正是合理的。

Vipākamavipākañca, yuttameva yato idaṃ.
已对照

因为凡是名色之因的识,那依异熟、非异熟的差别被认为有两种。而这[色]在无想众生中,由于是业等起的,所以是以在五蕴有中转起的行识为缘的色。同样,在五蕴[有]的转起中,于善等心刹那时[有]业等起[色]——所以这正是合理的。如是,此中也应依摄了知抉择。

Yañhi nāmarūpassa hetu viññāṇaṃ, taṃ vipākāvipākabhedato dvedhā mataṃ. Idañca asaññasattesu kammasamuṭṭhānattā pañcavokārabhave pavattaabhisaṅkhāraviññāṇapaccayā rūpaṃ. Tathā pañcavokāre pavattiyaṃ kusalādicittakkhaṇe kammasamuṭṭhānanti yuttameva idaṃ. Evaṃ saṅgahatopettha viññātabbo vinicchayo.
640缅 2.195已对照

六百四十、「依缘的方法(paccayanayā)」者:此中——

640. Paccayanayāti ettha hi,
已对照

异熟识对于名,以九种方式为缘;

Nāmassa pākaviññāṇaṃ, navadhā hoti paccayo;
已对照

对于依处色以九种方式,对于其余色以八种方式。

Vatthurūpassa navadhā, sesarūpassa aṭṭhadhā.
已对照

行识对于色,以一种方式[为缘];

Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ, hoti rūpassa ekadhā;
已对照

而其余的识,对于各各[名色]随其所应[为缘]。

Tadaññaṃ pana viññāṇaṃ, tassa tassa yathārahaṃ.
已对照

即:凡在结生或转起中称为异熟的名,无论它与色混合或不混合,结生的或其余的异熟识,是依俱生、相互、依止、相应、异熟、食、根、有、不离去这九种缘而为它的缘。

Yañhetaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavattiyaṃ vā vipākasaṅkhātaṃ nāmaṃ, tassa rūpamissassa vā amissassa vā paṭisandhikaṃ vā aññaṃ vā vipākaviññāṇaṃ sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākāhārindriyaatthiavigatapaccayehi navadhā paccayo hoti.
已对照

对依处色于结生时,[识]是依俱生、相互、依止、异熟、食、根、不相应、有、不离去这九种缘而为缘。而除依处色外,对其余诸色,[识]于这九种中除去相互缘,依其余八缘而为缘。

Vatthurūpassa paṭisandhiyaṃ sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākāhārindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi navadhā paccayo hoti. Ṭhapetvā pana vatthurūpaṃ sesarūpassa imesu navasu aññamaññapaccayaṃ apanetvā sesehi aṭṭhahi paccayehi paccayo hoti.
已对照

至于行识,对无想众生的色、或对五蕴有中的业生色,依经教的方式唯依亲依止而为一种缘。应知从第一有分起其余一切识,都随其所应而为各各名色之缘。而若要详说地显示它的缘的方法,就须把整个《发趣论》之说加以详说,所以我们不着手于它。

Abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ pana asaññasattarūpassa vā pañcavokārabhave vā kammajassa rūpassa suttantikapariyāyato upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti. Avasesaṃ paṭhamabhavaṅgato pabhuti sabbampi viññāṇaṃ tassa tassa nāmarūpassa yathārahaṃ paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ. Vitthārato pana tassa paccayanaye dassiyamāne sabbāpi paṭṭhānakathā vitthāretabbā hotīti na naṃ ārabhāma.
已对照

此中或许[有人问]:「然而如何得知『结生的名色以识为缘而有』呢?」[答:]依经,也依理。因为在经中,以「随心而转的诸法」等(《法集论》〈二法论母〉62)方式,多处成立了受等以识为缘。而依理——

Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ ‘‘paṭisandhināmarūpaṃ viññāṇapaccayā hotī’’ti? Suttato yuttito ca. Sutte hi ‘‘cittānuparivattino dhammā’’tiādinā (dha. sa. dukamātikā 62) nayena bahudhā vedanādīnaṃ viññāṇapaccayatā siddhā. Yuttito pana,
已对照

因为由此处所见的心生色,可以成立:

Cittajena hi rūpena, idha diṭṭhena sijjhati;
已对照

识也是未见之色的缘。

Adiṭṭhassāpi rūpassa, viññāṇaṃ paccayo iti.
缅 2.196已对照

因为可见到随心的明净或不明净而生起与之相应的诸色,而由所见可比知未见者——依此,应知此处由所见的心生色,识也是未见的结生色之缘。因为业等起的那[色]也如心等起[色]一般,其以识为缘[之说]于《发趣论》中亦有所出。如是,此中也应依缘的方法了知抉择。

Citte hi pasanne appasanne vā tadanurūpāni rūpāni uppajjamānāni diṭṭhāni. Diṭṭhena ca adiṭṭhassa anumānaṃ hotīti iminā idha diṭṭhena cittajarūpena adiṭṭhassāpi paṭisandhirūpassa viññāṇaṃ paccayo hotīti jānitabbametaṃ. Kammasamuṭṭhānassāpi hi tassa cittasamuṭṭhānasseva viññāṇapaccayatā paṭṭhāne āgatāti. Evaṃ paccayanayatopettha viññātabbo vinicchayoti.
已对照

这是关于「以识为缘而有名色」一句的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以名色为缘而有六处」句的详说

Nāmarūpapaccayāsaḷāyatanapadavitthārakathā
641缅 2.197已对照

六百四十一、在「以名色为缘而有六处」一句中——

名是三蕴,色应知是大种、依处等;

作了余一(ekasesa)的它,正是同样[作了余一]的那[六处]之缘。

因为凡这正作为六处之缘的名色,此中,「名」是受等三蕴;而「色」是属于自相续的,依定则是四大种、六依处、命根——应知如是「被认为是大种、依处等」。而应知:那[名色]是依「名、色与名色[合为]名色」如是作了余一的,是依「第六处与六处[合为]六处」如是作了余一的六处之缘。为什么呢?因为在无色[界]中唯有名是缘,而那[名]也只是第六处的[缘],不是其他[处]的。因为在《分别论》中说:「以名为缘而有第六处。」(《分别论》322)

此中或有[人问]:然而如何得知「名色是六处之缘」呢?由于有名色时[六处]才有。因为有各各名与色时,才有各各处,否则不然。而它这「随彼有而有」之性,将正在[解说]缘的方法时显明。所以,

在结生时或在转起时,凡[名色]是凡[处]之缘,

以及如何为缘,明智者应如是推知。

此中,这是义的阐明——

因为在无色[界]中,在结生与转起时,唯有名

为缘;最少而言,它为七种、六种[缘]。

如何呢?首先在结生时,最少而言,名以俱生、相互、依止、相应、异熟、有、不离去诸缘而为第六处的七种缘。然而此中,有的以因缘(hetupaccaya)、有的以食缘,如是也以其他方式为缘;应依此了知最多与最少。

在转起时,异熟[名]也正依所说的方式为缘;而另一[非异熟名],最少而言,以所说种类的诸缘中除去异熟缘的六种缘为缘。然而此中,有的以因缘、有的以食缘,如是也以其他方式为缘;应依此了知最多与最少。

在其他的有中,名在结生时也同样

[为]第六[处]之缘;对其余[诸处],它以六种行相为缘。

因为在无色[界]以外的其他五蕴有中,那异熟名作为心所依处的助伴,对第六意处,正如在无色[界]中所说的那样,最少而言,同样为七种缘。而对其余眼处等五[处],它作为四大种的助伴,依俱生、依止、异熟、不相应、有、不离去,以六种行相为缘。然而此中,有的以因缘、有的以食缘,如是也以其他方式为缘;应依此了知最多与最少。

在转起时也同样:异熟[名]是异熟[第六处]的缘;

非异熟[名是]非异熟[第六处]的[缘],为第六[处]的六种缘。

因为在五蕴有中,在转起时也正如在结生时那样,异熟名同样对异熟的第六处,最少而言为七种缘。而非异熟[名]对非异熟的第六[处],正是最少而言,从那[七种]中除去异熟缘,为六种缘。然而此中,最多与最少应正依所说的方式了知。

正在那里,异熟[名]是其余五[处]的缘,

[为]四种[缘];非异熟[名]也正如是被阐明。

因为正是在那转起时,以眼净色等为依处的异熟名以及其他[异熟名],对其余眼处等五[处],以后生、不相应、有、不离去诸缘而为四种缘。而正如异熟[名]那样,非异熟[名]也正如是被阐明。所以应知:善等类别的[名]也是它们的四种缘。如是,首先应如是了知:唯是名在结生时或在转起时,是哪些处的缘,以及如何为缘。

而此中,色在无色[界]的有中,

连一处的缘也不是;然而在五蕴的有中[则为缘]。

依色而言,在结生时,依处为第六[处]的六种缘;

诸大种无区别地为五[处]的四种[缘]。

因为依色而言,在结生时,依处色以俱生、相互、依止、不相应、有、不离去诸缘而为第六意处的六种缘。而四大种无区别地,在结生时与转起时,凡有任何处生起,就依那[处]而以俱生、依止、有、不离去诸缘而为眼处等全部五[处]的四种缘。

命为这些[处]的三种[缘],食在转起时[亦然];

正是它们为第六[处]的六种[缘],依处为那同一[第六处]的五种[缘]。

而对这些眼等五[处],色命根在结生时与转起时,依有、不离去、根而为三种缘。食也依有、不离去、食而为三种缘;而那只是对那些依食而活的众生,在随食[所资养]的身中,且只在转起时,不在结生时。而那眼处等五[处],对称为眼识、耳识、鼻识、舌识、身识的第六意处,依依止、前生、根、不相应、有、不离去,以六种行相为缘,[这是]在转起时,不在结生时。而除去五识之后,依处色对那同一[第六处]其余的意处,依依止、前生、不相应、有、不离去而为五种缘,唯在转起时,不在结生时。如是,应如是了知:唯是色在结生时或在转起时,是哪些处的缘,以及如何为缘。

而名色二者,凡[名色]是凡[处]之缘,

以及它在一切处如何[为缘],明智者应了知。

即:首先在结生时,在五蕴有中,称为三蕴与依处色的名色,以俱生、相互、依止、异熟、相应、不相应、有、不离去等缘而为第六处的缘。这在此中只是个门径而已;随所说的方式,便能配合一切,所以此中不显示详说。

这是关于「以名色为缘而有六处」一句的详说。

641. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanapade –
Nāmaṃ khandhattayaṃ rūpaṃ, bhūtavatthādikaṃ mataṃ;
Katekasesaṃ taṃ tassa, tādisasseva paccayo.
Yañhetaṃ saḷāyatanasseva paccayabhūtaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, tattha nāmanti vedanādikkhandhattayaṃ, rūpaṃ pana sasantatipariyāpannaṃ niyamato cattāri bhūtāni cha vatthūni jīvitindriyanti evaṃ bhūtavatthādikaṃ matanti veditabbaṃ. Taṃ pana nāmañca rūpañca nāmarūpañca nāmarūpanti evaṃ katekasesaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatananti evaṃ katekasesasseva saḷāyatanassa paccayoti veditabbaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā āruppe nāmameva paccayo, tañca chaṭṭhāyatanasseva na aññassa. ‘‘Nāmapaccayā chaṭṭhāyatana’’nti (vibha. 322) hi vibhaṅge vuttaṃ.
Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ ‘‘nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanassa paccayo’’ti? Nāmarūpabhāve bhāvato. Tassa tassa hi nāmassa rūpassa ca bhāve taṃ taṃ āyatanaṃ hoti, na aññathā. Sā panassa tabbhāvabhāvitā paccayanayasmiṃ yeva āvibhavissati. Tasmā,
Paṭisandhiyā pavatte vā, hoti yaṃ yassa paccayo;
Yathā ca paccayo hoti, tathā neyyaṃ vibhāvinā.
Tatrāyamatthadīpanā –
Nāmameva hi āruppe, paṭisandhipavattisu;
Paccayo sattadhā chadhā, hoti taṃ avakaṃsato.
Kathaṃ? Paṭisandhiyaṃ tāva avakaṃsato sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttavipākaatthiavigatapaccayehi sattadhā nāmaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena, kiñci āhārapaccayenāti evaṃ aññathāpi paccayo hoti, tassa vasena ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo.
Pavattepi vipākaṃ vuttanayeneva paccayo hoti, itaraṃ pana avakaṃsato vuttappakāresu paccayesu vipākapaccayavajjehi chahi paccayehi paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena, kiñci āhārapaccayenāti evaṃ aññathāpi paccayo hoti, tassa vasena ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo.
Aññasmimpi bhave nāmaṃ, tatheva paṭisandhiyaṃ;
Chaṭṭhassa itaresaṃ taṃ, chahākārehi paccayo.
Āruppato hi aññasmimpi pañcavokārabhave taṃ vipākanāmaṃ hadayavatthuno sahāyaṃ hutvā chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa yathā āruppe vuttaṃ, tatheva avakaṃsato sattadhā paccayo hoti. Itaresaṃ pana taṃ pañcannaṃ cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ catumahābhūtasahāyaṃ hutvā sahajātanissayavipākavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chahākārehi paccayo hoti. Kiñci panettha hetupaccayena, kiñci āhārapaccayenāti evaṃ aññathāpi paccayo hoti, tassa vasena ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo.
Pavattepi tathā hoti, pākaṃ pākassa paccayo;
Apākaṃ avipākassa, chadhā chaṭṭhassa paccayo.
Pavattepi hi pañcavokārabhave yathā paṭisandhiyaṃ, tatheva vipākanāmaṃ vipākassa chaṭṭhāyatanassa avakaṃsato sattadhā paccayo hoti. Avipākaṃ pana avipākassa chaṭṭhassa avakaṃsatova tato vipākapaccayaṃ apanetvā chadhā paccayo hoti. Vuttanayeneva panettha ukkaṃsāvakaṃso veditabbo.
Tattheva sesapañcannaṃ, vipākaṃ paccayo bhave;
Catudhā avipākampi, evameva pakāsitaṃ.
Tattheva hi pavatte sesānaṃ cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ cakkhupasādādivatthukaṃ itarampi vipākanāmaṃ pacchājātavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayo hoti. Yathā ca vipākaṃ, avipākampi evameva pakāsitaṃ. Tasmā kusalādibhedampi tesaṃ catudhā paccayo hotīti veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ tāva nāmameva paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte vā yassa yassa āyatanassa paccayo hoti, yathā ca paccayo hoti, tathā veditabbaṃ.
Rūpaṃ panettha āruppe, bhave bhavati paccayo;
Na ekāyatanassāpi, pañcakkhandhabhave pana.
Rūpato sandhiyaṃ vatthu, chadhā chaṭṭhassa paccayo;
Bhūtāni catudhā honti, pañcannaṃ avisesato.
Rūpato hi paṭisandhiyaṃ vatthurūpaṃ chaṭṭhassa manāyatanassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayehi chadhā paccayo hoti. Cattāri pana bhūtāni avisesato paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca yaṃ yaṃ āyatanaṃ uppajjati, tassa tassa vasena pañcannampi cakkhāyatanādīnaṃ sahajātanissayaatthiavigatapaccayehi catudhā paccayā honti.
Tidhā jīvitametesaṃ, āhāro ca pavattiyaṃ;
Tāneva chadhā chaṭṭhassa, vatthu tasseva pañcadhā.
Etesaṃ pana cakkhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte ca atthi avigataindriyavasena rūpajīvitaṃ tidhā paccayo hoti. Āhāro ca atthiavigatāhāravasena tividhā paccayo hoti, so ca kho ye sattā āhārūpajīvino, tesaṃ āhārānugate kāye pavattiyaṃyeva, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Tāni pana pañca cakkhāyatanādīni chaṭṭhassa cakkhu sotaghānajivhākāyaviññāṇasaṅkhātassa manāyatanassa nissayapurejātaindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chahākārehi paccayā honti pavatte, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Ṭhapetvā pana pañcaviññāṇāni tasseva avasesamanāyatanassa vatthurūpaṃ nissayapurejātavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena pañcadhā paccayo hoti pavatteyeva, no paṭisandhiyaṃ. Evaṃ rūpameva paṭisandhiyaṃ pavatte vā yassa yassa āyatanassa paccayo hoti, yathā ca paccayo hoti, tathā veditabbaṃ.
Nāmarūpaṃ panubhayaṃ, hoti yaṃ yassa paccayo;
Yathā ca tampi sabbattha, viññātabbaṃ vibhāvinā.
Seyyathidaṃ. Paṭisandhiyaṃ tāva pañcavokārabhave khandhattayavatthurūpasaṅkhātaṃ nāmarūpaṃ chaṭṭhāyatanassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākasampayuttavippayuttaatthiavigatapaccayādīhi paccayo hotīti. Idamettha mukhamattaṃ. Vuttanayānusārena pana sakkā sabbaṃ yojetunti na ettha vitthāro dassitoti.
Ayaṃ ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以六处为缘而有触」句的详说

Saḷāyatanapaccayāphassapadavitthārakathā
642缅 2.200已对照

六百四十二、在「以六处为缘而有触」一句中——

略说,触唯有六种,[即]眼触等;

详说,它们如识一样有三十二种。

因为略说,「以六处为缘而有触」,即眼触、耳触、鼻触、舌触、身触、意触——这些眼触等唯有六种触。而详说,眼触等五种是善异熟的、五种是不善异熟的,[共]十种;其余与二十二种世间异熟识相应的[触]也有二十二种——如是,全部[触]正如以行为缘所说的识那样,有三十二种。

而这三十二种触的缘是六处,此中,

连同第六[处]的内[处]眼等,[或]也连同诸外[处],

明智者们认为是「六处」——[后者是]与六[外处]一起。

此中,首先那些[论师]以为「这是关于执受[法]转起之论」,只阐明属于自相续的缘与缘所生[法],他们依随「以第六处为缘而有触」(《分别论》322)这一圣典,[说]在无色[界]中是第六处、在其他[有]中由全部收摄是六处为触之缘,[于是]作了一分同形的余一,认为连同第六[处]的内[处]眼等是「六处」。因为那[集合]——第六处与六处——正被算作「六处」。

而那些[论师]只阐明缘所生[法]属于同一相续,而缘则也[可]属于不同相续,他们阐明凡是作为触之缘的处,那一切[处],便把外[处]也摄取进来,认为那连同第六[处]的内[处]眼等,再与外[处]色处等一起,是「六处」。因为那[集合],在对「第六处与六处[合为]六处」这些作了余一之后,也正被算作「六处」。

此中有[人]说:不是由一切处生起一个触,也不是由一处[生起]一切触,而这里「以六处为缘而有触」却只说了一个[触],那是为什么呢?此中,这是解答:此诚然——不是由一切[处生起]一个[触],或由一[处生起]一切[触];然而由多[处]生起一个[触]。如眼触[生起]于眼处、色处、称为眼识的意处以及其余相应法[所成]的法处——如是,于一切处应随宜配合。正因为如此,

一个[触]由多处而生,如是被阐明——

此中,这个触由如如者以单数的说示[阐明]。

「以单数的说示(ekavacananiddesena)」者:即以「以六处为缘而有触」这单数的说示,如如者阐明了由多处而有一个触,此是其义。而于诸处中,

五[处为]六种[缘],其后一[处为]九种[缘],外六[处],

应随其可能,阐明[它们]为这[触]之缘的状态。

此中,这是阐明:首先,眼处等五[处],对分为眼触等五种的触,依依止、前生、根、不相应、有、不离去而为六种缘。其后,一个异熟意处,对有多种类别的异熟意触,依俱生、相互、依止、异熟、食、根、相应、有、不离去而为九种缘。而于外[处]中,色处对眼触,依所缘、前生、有、不离去而为四种缘;声处等对耳触等也同样。而对意触,那些[色处等]与法处,[或]也同样[为缘],[或]也仅以所缘缘[为缘]——如是,「外六[处],应随其可能,阐明[它们]为这[触]之缘的状态」。

642. Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassapade –
Saḷeva phassā saṅkhepā, cakkhusamphassaādayo;
Viññāṇamiva bāttiṃsa, vitthārena bhavanti te.
Saṅkhepena hi saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphassoti ime cakkhusamphassādayo cha eva phassā bhavanti. Vitthārena pana cakkhusamphassādayo pañca kusalavipākā, pañca akusalavipākāti dasa, sesā bāvīsati-lokiyavipākaviññāṇasampayuttā ca bāvīsatīti evaṃ sabbepi saṅkhārapaccayā vuttaviññāṇamiva bāttiṃsa honti.
Yaṃ panetassa bāttiṃsavidhassāpi phassassa paccayo saḷāyatanaṃ, tattha,
Chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ, cakkhādiṃ bāhirehipi;
Saḷāyatanamicchanti, chahi saddhiṃ vicakkhaṇā.
Tattha ye tāva ‘‘upādiṇṇakapavattikathā aya’’nti sakasantatipariyāpannameva paccayaṃ paccayuppannañca dīpenti, te ‘‘chaṭṭhāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti (vibha. 322) pāḷianusārato āruppe chaṭṭhāyatanañca, aññattha sabbasaṅgahato saḷāyatanañca phassassa paccayoti ekadesasarūpekasesaṃ katvā chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ cakkhādiṃ saḷāyatananti icchanti. Tañhi chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatanantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
Ye pana paccayuppannameva ekasantatipariyāpannaṃ dīpenti, paccayaṃ pana bhinnasantānampi, te yaṃ yaṃ āyatanaṃ phassassa paccayo hoti, taṃ sabbampi dīpentā bāhirampi pariggahetvā tadeva chaṭṭhena saha ajjhattaṃ bāhirehipi rūpāyatanādīhi saddhiṃ saḷāyatananti icchanti. Tampi hi chaṭṭhāyatanañca saḷāyatanañca saḷāyatananti etesaṃ ekasese kate saḷāyatanantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
Etthāha – na sabbāyatanehi eko phasso sambhoti, nāpi ekamhā āyatanā sabbe phassā, ayañca saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti ekova vutto, so kasmāti. Tatridaṃ vissajjanaṃ – saccametaṃ, sabbehi eko, ekamhā vā sabbe na sambhonti, sambhoti pana anekehi eko. Yathā cakkhusamphasso cakkhāyatanā rūpāyatanā cakkhuviññāṇasaṅkhātā manāyatanā avasesasampayuttadhammāyatanā cāti evaṃ sabbattha yathānurūpaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tasmā eva hi,
Ekopanekāyatanappabhavo iti dīpito;
Phassoyaṃ ekavacananiddesenīdha tādinā.
Ekavacananiddesenāti saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti iminā ekavacananiddesena anekehi āyatanehi eko phasso hotīti tādinā dīpitoti attho. Āyatanesu pana,
Chadhā pañca tato ekaṃ, navadhā bāhirāni cha;
Yathāsambhavametassa, paccayatte vibhāvaye.
Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – cakkhāyatanādīni tāva pañca cakkhusamphassādibhedato pañcavidhassa phassassa nissayapurejātindriyavippayuttaatthiavigatavasena chadhā paccayā honti. Tato paraṃ ekaṃ vipākamanāyatanaṃ anekabhedassa vipākamanosamphassassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākāhāraindriyasampayuttaatthiavigatavasena navadhā paccayo hoti. Bāhiresu pana rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhusamphassassa ārammaṇapurejātaatthiavigatavasena catudhā paccayo hoti. Tathā saddāyatanādīni sotasamphassādīnaṃ. Manosamphassassa pana tāni ca dhammāyatanañca tathā ca ārammaṇapaccayamatteneva cāti evaṃ bāhirāni cha yathāsambhavametassa paccayatte vibhāvayeti.
已对照

这是关于「以六处为缘而有触」一句的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以触为缘而有受」句的详说

Phassapaccayāvedanāpadavitthārakathā
643已对照

六百四十三、在「以触为缘而有受」一句中——

643. Phassapaccayā vedanāpade –
已对照

依门而说的受,[即]眼触所生[受]等,

Dvārato vedanā vuttā, cakkhusamphassajādikā;
已对照

唯有六种;依细分,应知有八十九种。

Saḷeva tā pabhedena, ekūnanavutī matā.
已对照

在《分别论》对此句[的解说]中也如是依门只说了六种受:「眼触所生受。耳……鼻……舌……身……意触所生受。」(《分别论》231)而它们依细分,由于与八十九心相应,应知有八十九种。

Etassapi padassa vibhaṅge ‘‘cakkhusamphassajā vedanā. Sota… ghāna… jivhā… kāya… manosamphassajā vedanā’’ti (vibha. 231) evaṃ dvārato saḷeva vedanā vuttā, tā pana pabhedena ekūnanavutiyā cittehi sampayuttattā ekūnanavuti matā.
已对照

而于这些受之中,此处的三十二种受,

Vedanāsu panetāsu, idha bāttiṃsa vedanā;
已对照

唯与异熟心相应者,被说为是所意指的。

Vipākacittayuttāva, adhippetāti bhāsitā.
已对照

此中,于五门中,[触]为五[受]的八种缘;

Aṭṭhadhā tattha pañcannaṃ, pañcadvāramhi paccayo;
已对照

对其余[受],触为一种[缘];于意门中它也同样。

Sesānaṃ ekadhā phasso, manodvārepi so tathā.
已对照

因为此中,于五门中,对以眼净色等为依处的五种受,眼触等触是依俱生、相互、依止、异熟、食、相应、有、不离去而为八种缘。而对其余的、于各各门中依领受、推度、彼所缘而转起的欲界异熟受,那眼触等触唯依亲依止而为一种缘。

Tattha hi pañcadvāre cakkhupasādādivatthukānaṃ pañcannaṃ vedanānaṃ cakkhusamphassādiko phasso sahajātaaññamaññanissayavipākaāhārasampayuttaatthiavigatavasena aṭṭhadhā paccayo hoti. Sesānaṃ pana ekekasmiṃ dvāre sampaṭicchanasantīraṇatadārammaṇavasena pavattānaṃ kāmāvacaravipākavedanānaṃ so cakkhusamphassādiko phasso upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti.
缅 2.202已对照

「于意门中它也同样(manodvārepi so tathā)」者:因为于意门中,对依彼所缘而转起的欲界异熟受,那称为俱生意触的触同样依那八种而为缘;对依结生、有分、死而转起的三地异熟受也是如此。而对那些于意门中依彼所缘而转起的欲界受,与意门转向相应的意触唯依亲依止而为一种缘。

Manodvārepi so tathāti manodvārepi hi tadārammaṇavasena pavattānaṃ kāmāvacaravipākavedanānaṃ so sahajātamanosamphassasaṅkhāto phasso tatheva aṭṭhadhā paccayo hoti, paṭisandhibhavaṅgacutivasena pavattānaṃ tebhūmakavipākavedanānampi. Yā pana tā manodvāre tadārammaṇavasena pavattā kāmāvacaravedanā, tāsaṃ manodvārāvajjanasampayutto manosamphasso upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hotīti.
已对照

这是关于「以触为缘而有受」一句的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以受为缘而有爱」句的详说

Vedanāpaccayātaṇhāpadavitthārakathā
644已对照

六百四十四、在「以受为缘而有爱」一句中——

644. Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāpade –
已对照

此处依色爱等的区分,阐明了六种渴爱;

Rūpataṇhādibhedena, cha taṇhā idha dīpitā;
已对照

此中每一种,依转起的行相,应知有三种。

Ekekā tividhā tattha, pavattākārato matā.
已对照

因为于此句中,犹如「长者子」「婆罗门子」是依父之名[而称]子那样,《分别论》中依所缘之名,阐明了「色爱。声……香……味……所触……法爱」(《分别论》232)六种渴爱。

Imasmiṃ hi pade seṭṭhiputto brāhmaṇaputtoti pitito nāmavasena putto viya ‘‘rūpataṇhā. Sadda… gandha… rasa… phoṭṭhabba… dhammataṇhā’’ti (vibha. 232) ārammaṇato nāmavasena vibhaṅge cha taṇhā dīpitā.
已对照

而于这些渴爱中,每一种渴爱依转起的行相,应知有欲爱、有爱、无有爱如是三种。因为正是色爱,当它以欲之味著的方式味著进入眼的领域的色所缘而转起时,便名为欲爱;当它与以「[这是]恒常的、永久的」而转起的常见一起,对那同一所缘转起时,便名为有爱——因为与常见俱行的贪被称为有爱;而当它与以「[这]断灭、毁坏」而转起的断见一起,对那同一所缘转起时,便名为无有爱——因为与断见俱行的贪被称为无有爱。在声爱等中也是这个方式。这些便是十八种渴爱。

Tāsu pana taṇhāsu ekekā taṇhā pavattiākārato kāmataṇhā, bhavataṇhā, vibhavataṇhāti evaṃ tividhā matā. Rūpataṇhāyeva hi yadā cakkhussa āpāthamāgataṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ kāmassādavasena assādayamānā pavattati, tadā kāmataṇhā nāma hoti. Yadā tadevārammaṇaṃ ‘‘dhuvaṃ sassata’’nti pavattāya sassatadiṭṭhiyā saddhiṃ pavattati, tadā bhavataṇhā nāma hoti. Sassatadiṭṭhisahagato hi rāgo bhavataṇhāti vuccati. Yadā pana tadevārammaṇaṃ ‘‘ucchijjati vinassatī’’ti pavattāya ucchedadiṭṭhiyā saddhiṃ pavattati, tadā vibhavataṇhā nāma hoti. Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato hi rāgo vibhavataṇhāti vuccati. Esa nayo saddataṇhādīsupīti. Etā aṭṭhārasa taṇhā honti.
已对照

它们于内色等[有]十八,于外[色等有]十八,[合]三十六。如是,过去的三十六、未来的三十六、现在的三十六,[合]为一百零八种渴爱。而再将它们收摄时,应知依色等所缘为六种,或依欲爱等唯是三种渴爱。

Tā ajjhattarūpādīsu aṭṭhārasa, bahiddhā aṭṭhārasāti chattiṃsa. Iti atītā chattiṃsa, anāgatā chattiṃsa, paccuppannā chattiṃsāti aṭṭhasataṃ taṇhā honti. Tā puna saṅkheppamāṇā rūpādiārammaṇavasena cha, kāmataṇhādivasena vā tissova taṇhā hontīti veditabbā.
缅 2.203已对照

然而,因为这些众生,犹如[人]味著儿子、由于对儿子的我所执而[厚待]乳母那样,味著依色等所缘而生起的受,由于对受的我所执,而对给与色等所缘的画师、乐师、香师、厨师、织工、调制滋补药的医师等大加款待;所以应知这一切渴爱都是以受为缘的。

Yasmā panime sattā puttaṃ assādetvā putte mamattena dhātiyā viya rūpādiārammaṇavasena uppajjamānaṃ vedanaṃ assādetvā vedanāya mamattena rūpādiārammaṇadāyakānaṃ cittakāra-gandhabba-gandhika-sūda-tantavāyarasāyanavidhāyakavejjādīnaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ karonti. Tasmā sabbāpesā vedanāpaccayā taṇhā hotīti veditabbā.
已对照

又因为此处所意指的是异熟的乐受,

Yasmā cettha adhippetā, vipākasukhavedanā;
已对照

它唯是一种,唯以一种[方式],所以[为]渴爱之缘。

Ekāva ekadhāvesā, tasmā taṇhāya paccayo.
已对照

「以一种[方式](ekadhā)」者:即唯以亲依止缘为缘。或者,因为——

Ekadhāti upanissayapaccayeneva paccayo hoti. Yasmā vā,
已对照

苦者希求乐,乐者更欲[乐];

Dukkhī sukhaṃ patthayati, sukhī bhiyyopi icchati;
已对照

而舍由于寂静之故,正被说为「乐」。

Upekkhā pana santattā, sukhamicceva bhāsitā.
已对照

所以三种受都是渴爱之缘,

Taṇhāya paccayā tasmā, honti tissopi vedanā;
已对照

大仙说了「以受为缘而有爱」。

Vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, iti vuttā mahesinā.
已对照

又因为即使以受为缘,[渴爱]没有随眠也不

Vedanāpaccayā cāpi, yasmā nānusayaṃ vinā;
已对照

生起,所以在已成[梵行]的婆罗门[身上]它不会生起。

Hoti tasmā na sā hoti, brāhmaṇassa vusīmatoti.
已对照

这是关于「以受为缘而有爱」一句的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以爱为缘而有取」句的详说

Taṇhāpaccayāupādānapadavitthārakathā
645已对照

六百四十五、在「以爱为缘而有取」一句中——

645. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānapade –
已对照

取有四种,应依义的分别、

Upādānāni cattāri, tāni atthavibhāgato;
已对照

依法的略说与详说、依次第阐明它们。

Dhammasaṅkhepavitthārā, kamato ca vibhāvaye.
缅 2.204已对照

此中,这是阐明:欲取、见取、戒禁取、我论取——首先这是此中的四种取。它们的义的分别是这样:执取称为事的欲,故为欲取;「既是欲,又是取」,故也为欲取。「取」即牢固的执持——因为此处的 upa 一语有牢固之义,如在「恼(upāyāsa)」「迫近(upakaṭṭha)」等[语]中[一样]。同样,「既是见,又是取」,故为见取;或者,执取见,故为见取——因为在「自我与世间是常」等(《长部》1.31)中,后起之见执取先前之见。同样,执取戒禁,故为戒禁取;「既是戒禁,又是取」,故也为戒禁取——因为牛戒、牛行等,由于「清净即是如此」这样的执著,其自身[便]正是诸取。同样,以此而说,故为「说(vāda)」;以此而执取,故为「取」。说什么、又执取什么呢?自我。对自我之说的取,即「我论取」。或者,以此而唯把关于自我之说执取为自我,故为「我论取」。首先,这是它们的义的分别。

Tatrāyaṃ vibhāvanā – kāmupādānaṃ, diṭṭhupādānaṃ, sīlabbatupādānaṃ, attavādupādānanti imāni tāvettha cattāri upādānāni. Tesaṃ ayaṃ atthavibhāgo – vatthusaṅkhātaṃ kāmaṃ upādiyatīti kāmupādānaṃ, kāmo ca so upādānañcātipi kāmupādānaṃ. Upādānanti daḷhaggahaṇaṃ. Daḷhattho hettha upasaddo upāyāsaupakaṭṭhādīsu viya. Tathā diṭṭhi ca sā upādānañcāti diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Diṭṭhiṃ upādiyatīti vā diṭṭhupādānaṃ. ‘‘Sassato attā ca loko cā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.31) hi purimadiṭṭhiṃ uttaradiṭṭhi upādiyati. Tathā sīlabbataṃ upādiyatīti sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Sīlabbatañca taṃ upādānañcātipi sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Gosīlagovatādīni hi ‘‘evaṃ suddhī’’ti abhinivesato sayameva upādānāni. Tathā vadanti etenāti vādo. Upādiyanti etenāti upādānaṃ. Kiṃ vadanti, upādiyanti vā? Attānaṃ. Attano vādupādānaṃ attavādupādānaṃ. Attavādamattameva vā attāti upādiyanti etenāti attavādupādānaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva tesaṃ atthavibhāgo.
已对照

而于法的略说与详说中,首先欲取,由于[圣典]中有「此中什么是欲取?即于诸欲中的欲欲、欲贪、欲喜、欲爱、欲爱恋、欲热恼、欲迷醉、欲耽著——这称为欲取」(《法集论》1220;《分别论》938)之语,略说,被称为渴爱的坚固之状。所谓「渴爱的坚固之状」,即以先前的渴爱为亲依止缘而变得坚固的后起渴爱本身。然而某些[师]说:「对未得之境的希求是渴爱,犹如盗贼在黑暗中伸手;对已得之境的执取是取,犹如那[盗贼]之取物。而这些法是少欲与知足的对反;同样,[它们]是遍求与守护之苦的根本。」而其余三取,略说,唯是见而已。

Dhammasaṅkhepavitthāre pana kāmupādānaṃ tāva ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kāmupādānaṃ? Yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmarāgo kāmanandī kāmataṇhā kāmasneho kāmapariḷāho kāmamucchā kāmajjhosānaṃ, idaṃ vuccati kāmupādāna’’nti (dha. sa. 1220; vibha. 938) āgatattā saṅkhepato taṇhādaḷhattaṃ vuccati. Taṇhādaḷhattaṃ nāma purimataṇhāupanissayapaccayena daḷhasambhūtā uttarataṇhāva. Keci panāhu ‘‘appattavisayapatthanā taṇhā andhakāre corassa hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya, sampattavisayaggahaṇaṃ upādānaṃ tasseva bhaṇḍaggahaṇaṃ viya. Appicchatāsantuṭṭhitāpaṭipakkhā ca te dhammā. Tathā pariyesanārakkhadukkhamūlā’’ti. Sesupādānattayaṃ pana saṅkhepato diṭṭhimattameva.
已对照

而详说,前面就色等所说的一百零八种类别的渴爱,其坚固之状即是欲取。具十事的邪见是见取。即如所说——「此中什么是见取?『没有布施,没有供养……乃至……作证后宣说』,凡这样的见……乃至……颠倒的执取,这称为见取。」(《法集论》1221;《分别论》938)而「以戒禁得清净」这样的执取是戒禁取。即如所说——「此中什么是戒禁取?『以戒得清净,以禁得清净,以戒禁得清净』,凡这样的见……乃至……颠倒的执取,这称为戒禁取。」(《法集论》1222;《分别论》938)具二十事的有身见是我论取。即如所说——「此中什么是我论取?此中,无闻凡夫……乃至……未受善士之法调教——他随观色为自我……乃至……颠倒的执取,这称为我论取。」(《法集论》1223;《分别论》938)这是此中法的略说与详说。

Vitthārato pana pubbe rūpādīsu vuttaaṭṭhasatappabhedāyapi taṇhāya daḷhabhāvo kāmupādānaṃ. Dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ? Natthi dinnaṃ, natthi yiṭṭhaṃ…pe… sacchikatvā pavedentīti yā evarūpā diṭṭhi…pe… vipariyesaggāho. Idaṃ vuccati diṭṭhupādāna’’nti (dha. sa. 1221; vibha. 938). Sīlabbatehi suddhīti parāmasanaṃ pana sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ? Sīlena suddhi, vatena suddhi, sīlabbatena suddhīti yā evarūpā diṭṭhi…pe… vipariyesaggāho. Idaṃ vuccati sīlabbatupādāna’’nti (dha. sa. 1222; vibha. 938). Vīsativatthukā sakkāyadiṭṭhi attavādupādānaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ attavādupādānaṃ? Idha assutavā puthujjano…pe… sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati…pe… vipariyesaggāho, idaṃ vuccati attavādupādāna’’nti (dha. sa. 1223; vibha. 938). Ayamettha dhammasaṅkhepavitthāro.
缅 2.205已对照

「依次第(kamato)」者:此中有三种次第:生起的次第、舍断的次第、教说的次第。此中,由于在无始的轮回中没有「这个最初生起」[之事],依直义不说诸烦恼的生起次第。然而依转说,大多在一有中,[先有]以我执为前导的常与断的执著;其后,执取「这自我是常」者,为了自我的清净而[有]戒禁取;执取「[自我]断灭」者,不顾他世而[有]欲取。如是,先是我论取,其后是见取、戒禁取、欲取——这是它们在一有中的生起次第。

Kamatoti ettha pana tividho kamo uppattikkamo pahānakkamo desanākkamo ca. Tattha anamatagge saṃsāre imassa paṭhamaṃ uppattīti abhāvato kilesānaṃ nippariyāyena uppattikkamo na vuccati. Pariyāyena pana yebhuyyena ekasmiṃ bhave attaggāhapubbaṅgamo sassatucchedābhiniveso, tato ‘‘sassato ayaṃ attā’’ti gaṇhato attavisuddhatthaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ, ‘‘ucchijjatī’’ti gaṇhato paralokanirapekkhassa kāmupādānanti evaṃ paṭhamaṃ attavādupādānaṃ, tato diṭṭhisīlabbatakāmupādānānīti ayametesaṃ ekasmiṃ bhave uppattikkamo.
已对照

而此中见取等[三取]先被舍断,因为是须陀洹道所断的;欲取后[被舍断],因为是阿罗汉道所断的——这是它们的舍断次第。

Diṭṭhupādānādīni cettha paṭhamaṃ pahīyanti sotāpattimaggavajjhattā. Kāmupādānaṃ pacchā, arahattamaggavajjhattāti ayametesaṃ pahānakkamo.
已对照

而由于境域广大且显著,于这些[取]中先教说欲取。因为它与八心相应,境域广大;其他[三取]与四心相应,境域狭小。又由于世人大多乐于执着,欲取对他们是显著的,其他[三取]则不然。或者,有欲取者为了证得诸欲,多有好奇与吉祥等[事],那就是他的见,所以其后[说]见取。它分开时,依戒禁取与我论取而成两种。于这两种之中,戒禁取即使见到牛的行为或狗的行为也可了知,是粗显的,所以先教说。我论取由于微细[而说]在最后——这是它们的教说次第。

Mahāvisayattā pana pākaṭattā ca etesu kāmupādānaṃ paṭhamaṃ desitaṃ. Mahāvisayaṃ hi taṃ aṭṭhacittasampayogā, appavisayāni itarāni catucittasampayogā, yebhuyyena ca ālayarāmattā pajāya pākaṭaṃ kāmupādānaṃ, na itarāni. Kāmupādāna vā kāmānaṃ samadhigamatthaṃ kotūhalamaṅgalādibahulo hoti, sāssa diṭṭhīti tadanantaraṃ diṭṭhupādānaṃ, taṃ pabhijjamānaṃ sīlabbataattavādupādānavasena duvidhaṃ hoti. Tasmiṃ dvaye gokiriyaṃ kukkurakiriyaṃ vā disvāpi veditabbato oḷārikanti sīlabbatupādānaṃ paṭhamaṃ desitaṃ. Sukhumattā ante attavādupādānanti ayametesaṃ desanākkamo.
已对照

此中,渴爱为前一[取]的一种缘;

Taṇhā ca purimassettha, ekadhā hoti paccayo;
已对照

它为其余三[取]的七种或也八种[缘]。

Sattadhā aṭṭhadhā vāpi, hoti sesattayassa sā.
已对照

而此中,于如是所教说的四取中,欲爱依亲依止,唯为前一欲取的一种缘,因为[欲取]于被渴爱所欢喜的诸境上生起。而对其余三[取],依俱生、相互、依止、相应、有、不离去、因而为七种缘,或连同亲依止而为八种缘。而当它依亲依止为缘时,那时它必是非俱生的。

Ettha ca evaṃ desite upādānacatukke purimassa kāmupādānassa kāmataṇhā upanissayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti, taṇhābhinanditesu visayesu uppattito. Sesattayassa pana sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatahetuvasena sattadhā vā, upanissayena saha aṭṭhadhā vāpi paccayo hoti. Yadā ca sā upanissayavasena paccayo hoti, tadā asahajātāva hotīti.
已对照

这是关于「以爱为缘而有取」一句的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’nti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以取为缘而有有」句的详说

Upādānapaccayābhavapadavitthārakathā
646已对照

六百四十六、在「以取为缘而有有」一句中——

646. Upādānapaccayā bhavapade –
已对照

依义、依法,以及依有义利、依区分与摄,

Atthato dhammato ceva, sātthato bhedasaṅgahā;
已对照

以及凡[取]是凡[有]之缘,应了知抉择。

Yaṃ yassa paccayo ceva, viññātabbo vinicchayo.
缅 2.206已对照

此中,「有(bhavati)」,故为「有(bhava)」。它有业有与生有两种。即如所说——「有依两种[而说]:有业有,有生有。」(《分别论》234)此中,业本身就是有,[故为]业有;同样,生本身就是有,[故为]生有。而此中,生「有」,故为「有」;而业,正如由于是乐之因而被说为「诸佛出世是乐」(《法句》194)那样,同样,由于是有之因,应知以果之言说[而称为]「有」。如是,首先此中应依义了知抉择。

Tattha bhavatīti bhavo. So kammabhavo upapattibhavo cāti duvidho hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘bhavo duvidhena atthi kammabhavo, atthi upapattibhavo’’ti (vibha. 234). Tattha kammameva bhavo kammabhavo, tathā upapattiyeva bhavo upapattibhavo. Ettha ca upapatti bhavatīti bhavo. Kammaṃ pana yathā sukhakāraṇattā ‘‘sukho buddhānaṃ uppādo’’ti (dha. pa. 194) vutto, evaṃ bhavakāraṇattā phalavohārena bhavoti veditabbanti. Evaṃ tāvettha atthato viññātabbo vinicchayo.
647已对照

六百四十七、而依法,首先业有,略说,是思以及与思相应的贪欲等称为业的诸法。即如所说——「此中什么是业有?福行、非福行、不动行(《分别论》234)——或小地的,或大地的——这称为业有。一切趣有之业都是业有。」(《分别论》234)因为此中,「福行」即十三思;「非福行」即十二[思];「不动行」即四思。如是,以「或小地的,或大地的」这[语],说了那些思的异熟少、多之性;而以「一切趣有之业」这[语],说了与思相应的贪欲等。

647. Dhammato pana kammabhavo tāva saṅkhepato cetanā ceva cetanāsampayuttā ca abhijjhādayo kammasaṅkhātā dhammā. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamo kammabhavo? Puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro (vibha. 234) parittabhūmako vā mahābhūmako vā, ayaṃ vuccati kammabhavo. Sabbampi bhavagāmikammaṃ kammabhavo’’ti (vibha. 234). Ettha hi puññābhisaṅkhāroti terasa cetanā. Apuññābhisaṅkhāroti dvādasa. Āneñjābhisaṅkhāroti catasso cetanā. Evaṃ parittabhūmako vā mahābhūmako vāti etena tāsaṃyeva cetanānaṃ mandabahuvipākatā vuttā. Sabbampi bhavagāmikammanti iminā pana cetanāsampayuttā abhijjhādayo vuttā.
缅 2.207已对照

而生有,略说,是由业所生成的诸蕴;依类别有九种。即如所说——「此中什么是生有?欲有、色有、无色有、想有、无想有、非想非非想有、一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有——这称为生有。」(《分别论》234)此中,称为欲的有是欲有;色有、无色有中也是这个方式。有想者的有,或者此有中有想,故为想有;反之为无想有。由于粗想之无、细想之有,于此有中非有想、非无想,故为非想非非想有。为一色蕴所遍布的有是一蕴有;或者,此有只有一蕴,故为一蕴有;四蕴有、五蕴有中也是这个方式。此中,欲有是五个执受的蕴;色有也同样;无色有是四个;想有是五个;无想有是一个执受的蕴;非想非非想有是四个。一蕴有等,依执受的蕴[而言,依次]是一、四、五蕴——如是,此中也应依法了知抉择。

Upapattibhavo pana saṅkhepato kammābhinibbattā khandhā, pabhedato navavidho hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamo upapattibhavo? Kāmabhavo rūpabhavo arūpabhavo saññābhavo asaññābhavo nevasaññānāsaññābhavo, ekavokārabhavo catuvokārabhavo pañcavokārabhavo, ayaṃ vuccati upapattibhavo’’ti (vibha. 234). Tattha kāmasaṅkhāto bhavo kāmabhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Saññāvataṃ bhavo, saññā vā ettha bhave atthīti saññābhavo. Vipariyāyena asaññābhavo. Oḷārikāya saññāya abhāvā sukhumāya ca bhāvā nevasaññā, nāsaññā asmiṃ bhaveti nevasaññānāsaññābhavo. Ekena rūpakkhandhena vokiṇṇo bhavo ekavokārabhavo. Eko vā vokāro assa bhavassāti ekavokārabhavo. Esa nayo catuvokārapañcavokārabhavesu. Tattha kāmabhavo pañca upādiṇṇakkhandhā. Tathā rūpabhavo. Arūpabhavo cattāro, saññābhavo pañca. Asaññābhavo eko upādiṇṇakkhandho. Nevasaññānāsaññābhavo cattāro. Ekavokārabhavādayo ekacatupañcakkhandhā upādiṇṇakkhandhehīti evamettha dhammatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
648已对照

六百四十八、「依有义利(sātthato)」者:正如在有的解说中那样,在行的解说中诚然也只说了福行等;虽然如此,前者是依过去业,因为[它们]是此处结生之缘;这些是依现在业,因为[它们]是未来结生之缘——所以重说正是有义利的。或者,前面以「此中什么是福行?欲界的善思」(《分别论》226)等方式,只说了思是行;而此处,由于「一切趣有之业」(《分别论》234)之语,与思相应的[法]也[被摄入]。又,前面只把作为识之缘的业说为「行」;如今也[包括]生起无想有的[业]。何须多说?在「以无明为缘而有行」此处,只说了福行等善与不善法;而在「以取为缘而有有」此处,由于也摄入了生有,说了善、不善、无记诸法。所以无论如何,这重说都正是有义利的——如是,此中也应依有义利了知抉择。

648. Sātthatoti yathā ca bhavaniddese, tatheva kāmaṃ saṅkhāraniddesepi puññābhisaṅkhārādayova vuttā, evaṃ santepi purime atītakammavasena idha paṭisandhiyā paccayattā, ime paccuppannakammavasena āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayattāti punavacanaṃ sātthakameva, pubbe vā ‘‘tattha katamo puññābhisaṅkhāro? Kusalā cetanā kāmāvacarā’’ti (vibha. 226) evamādinā nayena cetanāva saṅkhārāti vuttā. Idha pana ‘‘sabbampi bhavagāmikamma’’nti (vibha. 234) vacanato cetanāsampayuttāpi. Pubbe ca viññāṇapaccayameva kammaṃ ‘‘saṅkhārā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idāni asaññābhavanibbattakampi. Kiṃ vā bahunā, ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti ettha puññābhisaṅkhārādayova kusalākusalā dhammā vuttā. ‘‘Upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti idha pana upapattibhavassāpi saṅgahitattā kusalākusalābyākatā dhammā vuttā. Tasmā sabbathāpi sātthakamevidaṃ punavacananti evamettha sātthatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
649已对照

六百四十九、「依区分与摄(bhedasaṅgahā)」者:即依以取为缘的有的区分与摄。因为以欲取为缘而作的、生起欲有的业,那是业有;由它所生成的诸蕴是生有;色有、无色有中也是这个方式。如是,以欲取为缘,[有]两种欲有,以及包含于其中的想有、五蕴有;两种色有,以及包含于其中的想有、无想有、一蕴有、五蕴有;两种无色有,以及包含于其中的想有、非想非非想有、四蕴有——连同包含于其中的,[共]六种有。而正如以欲取为缘,连同包含于其中的有六种有,同样,以其余的取为缘也是如此——如是,以取为缘,依区分,连同包含于其中的,[共]二十四种有。

649. Bhedasaṅgahāti upādānapaccayā bhavassa bhedato ceva saṅgahato ca. Yañhi kāmupādānapaccayā kāmabhavanibbattakaṃ kammaṃ karīyati, so kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Evaṃ kāmupādānapaccayā dve kāmabhavā, tadantogadhā ca saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā, dve rūpabhavā, tadantogadhā ca saññābhavaasaññābhavaekavokārabhavapañcavokārabhavā, dve arūpabhavā, tadantogadhā ca saññābhavanevasaññānāsaññābhavacatuvokārabhavāti saddhiṃ antogadhehi cha bhavā. Yathā ca kāmupādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi cha bhavā. Tathā sesupādānapaccayāpīti evaṃ upādānapaccayā bhedato saddhiṃ antogadhehi catuvīsati bhavā.
缅 2.208已对照

而依摄,把业有与生有合为一[而言],以欲取为缘,连同包含于其中的,[有]一种欲有;色有、无色有也同样——[共]三种有;以其余的取为缘也同样。如是,以取为缘,依摄,连同包含于其中的,[共]十二种有。此外,无区别地[说],以取为缘的、趣向欲有的业是业有;由它所生成的诸蕴是生有;色有、无色有中也是这个方式。如是,以取为缘,连同包含于其中的,两种欲有、两种色有、两种无色有——依另一理趣,依摄[共]六种有。或者,不涉及业有与生有的区分,连同包含于其中的,依欲有等[而说],有三种有。不涉及欲有等的区分,依业有与生有[而说],有两种有。连业与生的区分也不涉及,依「以取为缘而有有」[之语],依有[而说],唯有一种有——如是,此中也应依以取为缘的有的区分与摄了知抉择。

Saṅgahato pana kammabhavaṃ upapattibhavañca ekato katvā kāmupādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi eko kāmabhavo. Tathā rūpārūpabhavāti tayo bhavā. Tathā sesupādānapaccayā pīti. Evaṃ upādānapaccayā saṅgahato saddhiṃ antogadhehi dvādasa bhavā. Apica avisesena upādānapaccayā kāmabhavūpagaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Esa nayo rūpārūpabhavesu. Evaṃ upādānapaccayā saddhiṃ antogadhehi dve kāmabhavā, dve rūpabhavā, dve arūpabhavāti aparena pariyāyena saṅgahato cha bhavā. Kammabhavaupapattibhavabhedaṃ vā anupagamma saddhiṃ antogadhehi kāmabhavādivasena tayo bhavā honti. Kāmabhavādibhedampi anupagamma kammabhavaupapattibhavavasena dve bhavā honti. Kammupapattibhedañcāpi anupagamma upādānapaccayā bhavoti bhavavasena ekova bhavo hotīti evamettha upādānapaccayassa bhavassa bhedasaṅgahāpi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
650缅 2.209已对照

六百五十、「以及凡[取]是凡[有]之缘(yaṃ yassa paccayo ceva)」者:即此中凡取是凡[有]之缘,也应依此了知抉择,此是其义。然而此中,什么是什么的缘呢?任何[取]都正是任何[有]的缘。因为凡夫就像疯子一样。他不考察「这是合宜的,这是不合宜的」,依任何一种取,希求任何一种有,便正造作任何一种业。所以,有些人说「由戒禁取不会有色有、无色有」,那不应接受;而应接受:由一切[取]有一切[有]。

即:此中有人,或依传闻,或随所见,思量「这些所谓诸欲,在人世间的刹帝利大富家等中,以及在六欲界天界中,是丰盛的」,为了获得它们,被听闻非正法等所欺骗,以为「由这业能成就诸欲」,便依欲取而作身恶行等;他由于恶行圆满而生于苦界。或者,希求现见的诸欲,并守护已获得的,依欲取而作身恶行等;他由于恶行圆满而生于苦界。此中,作为他受生之因的业是业有;由业所生成的诸蕴是生有;而想有、五蕴有正包含于其中。

另有人由听闻正法等而智慧增长,以为「由这业能成就诸欲」,便依欲取而作身善行等;他由于善行圆满而生于诸天或人中。此中,作为他受生之因的业是业有;由业所生成的诸蕴是生有;而想有、五蕴有正包含于其中。如是,欲取是连同类别、连同所包含的欲有的缘。

另有人听说或设想「在色有、无色有中,诸欲比那[欲界]更丰盛」,便正依欲取而生起色界、无色界的等至,以等至之力生于色界、无色界的梵天界。此中,作为他受生之因的业是业有;由业所生成的诸蕴是生有;而想有、无想有、非想非非想有、一蕴有、四蕴有、五蕴有正包含于其中。如是,欲取也是连同类别、连同所包含的色有、无色有的缘。

另有人执取断见,[以为]「这所谓的自我,在欲界圆满的有中,或在色有、无色有的任何一[有]中断灭时,便是彻底断灭了」,便作趣向那[有]的业。他的那业是业有;由业所生成的诸蕴是生有;而想有等正包含于其中。如是,见取是连同类别、连同所包含的欲有、色有、无色有全部三[有]的缘。

另有人[以为]「这所谓的自我,在欲界圆满的有中,或在色有、无色有的任何一[有]中,是快乐的、离热恼的」,以我论取作趣向那[有]的业。他的那业是业有;由它所生成的诸蕴是生有;而想有等正包含于其中。如是,我论取是连同类别、连同所包含的三有的缘。

另有人[以为]「这所谓的戒禁,在欲界圆满的有中,或在色有、无色有的任何一[有]中,对圆满它的人而言,[其]乐会达到圆满」,依戒禁取作趣向那[有]的业。他的那业是业有;由它所生成的诸蕴是生有;而想有等正包含于其中。如是,戒禁取是连同类别、连同所包含的三有的缘。如是,此中也应依凡[取]是凡[有]之缘了知抉择。

若[问]:然而此中,什么是哪一种有的缘、如何为缘呢?

对色有、无色有,取是亲依止缘;

对欲有,它也依俱生等[为缘]——应如是了知。

因为对色有、无色有,以及对属于欲有的业有中的善业、[对]生有,这四种取都依亲依止缘之势唯为一种缘。在欲有中,对与它自身相应的不善业有,依俱生、相互、依止、相应、有、不离去、因诸缘之类别——[即]俱生等——为缘;而对不相应的[不善业有],则唯以亲依止缘[为缘]。

650. Yaṃ yassa paccayo cevāti yañcettha upādānaṃ yassa paccayo hoti, tatopi viññātabbo vinicchayoti attho. Kiṃ panettha kassa paccayo hoti? Yaṃkiñci yassa kassaci paccayo hotiyeva. Ummattako viya hi puthujjano. So idaṃ yuttaṃ idaṃ ayuttanti avicāretvā yassa kassaci upādānassa vasena yaṃkiñci bhavaṃ patthetvā yaṃkiñci kammaṃ karotiyeva. Tasmā yadekacce sīlabbatupādānena rūpārūpabhavā na hontīti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Sabbena pana sabbo hotīti gahetabbaṃ.
Seyyathidaṃ – idhekacco anussavavasena vā diṭṭhānusārena vā ‘‘kāmā nāmete manussaloke ceva khattiyamahāsālakulādīsu, cha kāmāvacaradevaloke ca samiddhā’’ti cintetvā tesaṃ adhigamatthaṃ asaddhammassavanādīhi vañcito ‘‘iminā kammena kāmā sampajjantī’’ti maññamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyaduccaritādīnipi karoti, so duccaritapāripūriyā apāye upapajjati. Sandiṭṭhike vā pana kāme patthayamāno paṭiladdhe ca gopayamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyaduccaritādīni karoti, so duccaritapāripūriyā apāye upapajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva.
Aparo pana saddhammassavanādīhi upabrūhitañāṇo ‘‘iminā kammena kāmā sampajjantī’’ti maññamāno kāmupādānavasena kāyasucaritādīni karoti. So sucaritapāripūriyā devesu vā manussesu vā upapajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavapañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti kāmupādānaṃ sappabhedassa sāntogadhassa kāmabhavassa paccayo hoti.
Aparo ‘‘rūpārūpabhavesu tato samiddhatarā kāmā’’ti sutvā parikappetvā vā kāmupādānavaseneva rūpārūpasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā samāpattibalena rūpārūpabrahmaloke upapajjati. Tatrāssa upapattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññā-asaññā-nevasaññānāsaññā-eka-catu-pañcavokārabhavā pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti kāmupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ rūpārūpabhavānampi paccayo hoti.
Aparo ‘‘ayaṃ attā nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ ucchinne suucchinno hotī’’ti ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ upādāya tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti, tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Kammābhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti diṭṭhupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇampi kāmarūpārūpabhavānaṃ paccayo hoti.
Aparo ‘‘ayaṃ attā nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ sukhī hoti vigatapariḷāho’’ti attavādupādānena tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti, tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti attavādupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ bhavānaṃ paccayo hoti.
Aparo ‘‘idaṃ sīlabbataṃ nāma kāmāvacarasampattibhave vā rūpārūpabhavānaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ paripūrentassa sukhaṃ pāripūriṃ gacchatī’’ti sīlabbatupādānavasena tadupagaṃ kammaṃ karoti, tassa taṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo. Tadabhinibbattā khandhā upapattibhavo. Saññābhavādayo pana tadantogadhā eva. Iti sīlabbatupādānaṃ sappabhedānaṃ sāntogadhānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ bhavānaṃ paccayo hoti. Evamettha yaṃ yassa paccayo hoti, tatopi viññātabbo vinicchayo.
Kiṃ panettha kassa bhavassa kathaṃ paccayo hotīti ce?
Rūpārūpabhavānaṃ, upanissayapaccayo upādānaṃ;
Sahajātādīhipi taṃ, kāmabhavassāti viññeyyaṃ.
Rūpārūpabhavānaṃ hi, kāmabhavapariyāpannassa ca kammabhave kusalakammasseva, upapattibhavassa cetaṃ catubbidhampi upādānaṃ upanissayapaccayavasena ekadhāva paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave attanā sampayuttākusalakammabhavassa sahajātaaññamaññanissayasampayuttaatthiavigatahetupaccayappabhedehi sahajātādīhi paccayo hoti. Vippayuttassa pana upanissayapaccayenevāti.
已对照

这是关于「以取为缘而有有」一句的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti padasmiṃ vitthārakathā.
已对照

「以有为缘而有生」等的详说

Bhavapaccayājātiādivitthārakathā
651已对照

六百五十一、在「以有为缘而有生」等[句]中,对生等的抉择应正依〈谛的解说〉中所说的方式了知。而此中所意指的「有」唯是业有;因为它是生之缘,而非生有。而它依业缘与亲依止缘之势而为两种缘。

651. Bhavapaccayā jātītiādīsu jātiādīnaṃ vinicchayo saccaniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Bhavoti panettha kammabhavova adhippeto. So hi jātiyā paccayo, na upapattibhavo. So ca pana kammapaccayaupanissayapaccayavasena dvedhā paccayo hotīti.
已对照

此中或有[人问]:然而如何得知「有是生之缘」呢?由于即使外在诸缘齐等,仍见到下劣、殊胜等差别。因为即使父、母、精血、食物等外在诸缘齐等,众生——甚至双生子——仍见到下劣、殊胜等差别。而那[差别]并非无因的,因为[它]并非时时、在一切人都有;也不是以业有以外[之物]为因的,因为在生起那[差别]的众生的内相续中,没有其他原因——所以[它]唯以业有为因。因为业是众生下劣、殊胜等差别之因。所以世尊说:「业区分众生,即依下劣与殊胜之性。」(《中部》3.289)所以应如是得知:「有是生之缘」。

Tattha siyā – kathaṃ panetaṃ jānitabbaṃ bhavo jātiyā paccayoti ce? Bāhirapaccayasamattepi hīnapaṇītatādivisesadassanato. Bāhirānaṃ hi janakajananīsukkasoṇitāhārādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ samattepi sattānaṃ yamakānampi sataṃ hīnapaṇītatādiviseso dissati. So ca na ahetuko sabbadā ca sabbesañca abhāvato, na kammabhavato aññahetuko tadabhinibbattakasattānaṃ ajjhattasantāne aññassa kāraṇassa abhāvatoti kammabhavahetukova. Kammaṃ hi sattānaṃ hīnapaṇītatādivisesassa hetu. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘kammaṃ satte vibhajati yadidaṃ hīnappaṇītatāyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.289). Tasmā jānitabbametaṃ ‘‘bhavo jātiyā paccayo’’ti.
缅 2.211已对照

又因为无生时,便没有所谓老死,也没有愁等诸法;而有生时,便有老死,并且对于被称为老死的苦法所触的愚人——或与老死相连,或被各种苦法所触而与[老死]不相连——便有愁等诸法——所以应知这生也是老死以及愁等的缘。而它依亲依止之分,唯为一种缘。

Yasmā ca asati jātiyā jarāmaraṇaṃ nāma, sokādayo vā dhammā na honti. Jātiyā pana sati jarāmaraṇañceva, jarāmaraṇasaṅkhātadukkhadhammaphuṭṭhassa ca bālajanassa jarāmaraṇābhisambandhā vā tena tena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa anabhisambandhā vā sokādayo ca dhammā honti. Tasmā ayampi jāti jarāmaraṇassa ceva sokādīnañca paccayo hotīti veditabbā. Sā pana upanissayakoṭiyā ekadhāva paccayo hotīti.
已对照

这是关于「以有为缘而有生」等[句]的详说。

Ayaṃ ‘‘bhavapaccayā jātī’’tiādīsu vitthārakathā.
已对照

有轮论

Bhavacakkakathā
652缅 2.212已对照

六百五十二、而由于此中愁等是在最后说的,所以在这有轮(bhavacakka)的开头以「以无明为缘而有行」这样所说的那[无明],

无明由愁等而成立,这有轮起点不可知,

离于作者与受者,以十二种空性而空,

应知[它]恒常不断地转起。

然而,若问:此中无明怎样由愁等而成立?这有轮怎样起点不可知?怎样离于作者与受者?怎样以十二种空性而空?[答:]此中,愁、忧、恼与无明是不相离的,而悲也只属于愚痴者;所以,只要它们首先成立了,无明便成立了。此外,[经中]说过:「由漏(āsava)之集起而有无明之集起。」(《中部》1.103)而这些愁等是由漏之集起而有的。

怎样呢?首先,在与事欲(vatthukāma)分离时,愁由欲漏(kāmāsava)之集起而有。即如所说——

「若那贪求诸欲、欲已生起之人,

其诸欲退失,便如中箭者般受恼害。」(《经集》773)

又如[世尊]所说:「从欲生愁。」(《法句》215)

而这一切[愁等]都由见漏(diṭṭhāsava)之集起而有。即如所说——

「当他为『我是色,色是我的』所遍缠而住时,由于色的变易、变化,他生起愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。」(《相应部》3.1)

又如由见漏之集起[而有],同样也由有漏(bhavāsava)之集起[而有]。即如所说——

「那些寿命长久、容色美好、多有安乐、久住于高大天宫中的诸天,他们听了如来的说法之后,也生起怖畏、惊怖、悚惧。」(《相应部》3.78)犹如那些见到五种前兆、为死怖所威逼的诸天一般。

又如由有漏之集起[而有],同样也由无明漏(avijjāsava)之集起[而有]。即如所说——

「诸比丘,那愚人在现法中感受三种苦、忧。」(《中部》3.246)

如是,由于这些法由漏之集起而有,所以这些[法]一成立,便证成了作为无明之因的诸漏;而诸漏一成立,由于缘存在时[果]便存在,无明也就成立了。如是,此中首先应知:无明由愁等而成立。

而由于如是缘存在时[果]便存在,无明成立之后,又有「以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识」——如是因果的辗转便没有终点。所以,那依因果的连结而转起的十二支有轮,起点不可知——[这便]成立了。

[设难:]若是这样,「以无明为缘而有行」这[一句]作为起点的宣说,岂不相违?[通释:]这不是起点的宣说,而是主要之法的宣说。因为在三轮转中,无明是主要的。因为由执取无明,其余的烦恼轮转与业等便缠缚愚人,犹如由抓住蛇头,其余的蛇身便缠缚手臂。而当作了无明的正断时,便从它们解脱,犹如当斩断蛇头时,被缠缚的手臂便得解脱。即如所说:「正由无明的无余离贪、灭,而有行之灭」等(《相应部》2.1;《大品》1)。如是,执取它便有系缚、放开它便有解脱——这是那主要之法的宣说,不是起点的宣说。如是应知这有轮起点不可知。

而由于诸行等是由无明等诸因而转起的,所以这[有轮]离于在它们之外的、如「梵天、大梵天、最胜者、分配者」(《长部》1.42)这样被妄计的作为轮回之作者的梵天等,或如「而我的这个我,是能言者、能受者」这样被妄计的作为苦乐之受者的我。如是应知[它]「离于作者与受者」。

而由于此中无明,因具有生灭之法性而空于常恒性,因是杂染的、是令杂染的而空于净性,因被生灭所逼迫而空于乐性,因其转起系属于缘而空于作为能自在转起者的我性;诸行等其余诸支也是如此。或者由于无明不是我,不是我的,不在我中,不具有我;诸行等其余诸支也是如此。所以应知这有轮「以十二种空性而空」。

652. Yasmā panettha sokādayo avasāne vuttā, tasmā yā sā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti evametassa bhavacakkassa ādimhi vuttā, sā,
Sokādīhi avijjā, siddhā bhavacakkamaviditādimidaṃ;
Kārakavedakarahitaṃ, dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññaṃ.
Satataṃ samitaṃ pavattatīti veditabbaṃ.
Kathaṃ panettha sokādīhi avijjā siddhā, kathamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ aviditādi, kathaṃ kārakavedakarahitaṃ, kathaṃ dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññanti ce? Ettha hi sokadomanassupāyāsā avijjāya aviyogino, paridevo ca nāma mūḷhassāti tesu tāva siddhesu siddhā hoti avijjā. Apica ‘‘āsavasamudayā avijjāsamudayo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.103) vuttaṃ. Āsavasamudayā cete sokādayo honti.
Kathaṃ? Vatthukāmaviyoge tāva soko kāmāsavasamudayā hoti. Yathāha –
‘‘Tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno;
Te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddhova ruppatī’’ti. (su. ni. 773);
Yathā cāha – ‘‘kāmato jāyati soko’’ti. (Dha. pa. 215).
Sabbepi cete diṭṭhāsavasamudayā honti. Yathāha –
‘‘Tassa ‘ahaṃ rūpaṃ mama rūpa’nti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.1).
Yathā ca diṭṭhāsavasamudayā, evaṃ bhavāsavasamudayāpi. Yathāha –
‘‘Yepi te devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā uccesu vimānesu ciraṭṭhitikā, tepi tathāgatassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā bhayaṃ santāsaṃ saṃvegamāpajjantī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.78). Pañca pubbanimittāni disvā maraṇabhayena santajjitānaṃ devānaṃ viya.
Yathā ca bhavāsavasamudayā, evaṃ avijjāsavasamudayāpi. Yathāha –
‘‘Sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo tividhaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.246).
Iti yasmā āsavasamudayā ete dhammā honti, tasmā ete sijjhamānā avijjāya hetubhūte āsave sādhenti. Āsavesu ca siddhesu paccayabhāve bhāvato avijjāpi siddhāva hotīti. Evaṃ tāvettha sokādīhi avijjā siddhā hotīti veditabbā.
Yasmā pana evaṃ paccayabhāve bhāvato avijjāya siddhāya puna avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti evaṃ hetuphalaparamparāya pariyosānaṃ natthi. Tasmā taṃ hetuphalasambandhavasena pavattaṃ dvādasaṅgaṃ bhavacakkaṃ aviditādīti siddhaṃ hoti.
Evaṃ sati avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti idaṃ ādimattakathanaṃ virujjhatīti ce. Nayidaṃ ādimattakathanaṃ. Padhānadhammakathanaṃ panetaṃ. Tiṇṇannaṃ hi vaṭṭānaṃ avijjā padhānā. Avijjāggahaṇena hi avasesakilesavaṭṭañca kammādīni ca bālaṃ palibodhenti. Sappasiraggahaṇena sesasappasarīraṃ viya bāhaṃ. Avijjāsamucchede pana kate tehi vimokkho hoti. Sappasiracchede kate palibodhitabāhāvimokkho viya. Yathāha – ‘‘avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’tiādi (saṃ. ni. 2.1; mahāva. 1). Iti yaṃ gaṇhato bandho, muccato ca mokkho hoti, tassa padhānadhammassa kathanamidaṃ, na ādimattakathananti. Evamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ aviditādīti veditabbaṃ.
Tayidaṃ yasmā avijjādīhi kāraṇehi saṅkhārādīnaṃ pavatti, tasmā tato aññena ‘‘brahmā mahābrahmā seṭṭho sajitā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.42) evaṃ parikappitena brahmādinā vā saṃsārassa kārakena, ‘‘so kho pana me ayaṃ attā vado vedeyyo’’ti evaṃ parikappitena attanā vā sukhadukkhānaṃ vedakena rahitaṃ. Iti kārakavedakarahitanti veditabbaṃ.
Yasmā panettha avijjā udayabbayadhammakattā dhuvabhāvena, saṃkiliṭṭhattā saṃkilesikattā ca subhabhāvena, udayabbayapaṭipīḷitattā sukhabhāvena, paccayāyattavuttittā vasavattanabhūtena attabhāvena ca suññā. Tathā saṅkhārādīnipi aṅgāni. Yasmā vā avijjā na attā, na attano, na attani, na attavatī. Tathā saṅkhārādīnipi aṅgāni. Tasmā dvādasavidhasuññatāsuññametaṃ bhavacakkanti veditabbaṃ.
653已对照

六百五十三、如是了知之后,又[应知]——

653. Evañca viditvā puna,
已对照

它的根是无明、渴爱,过去等是三时;

Tassāvijjātaṇhā, mūlamatītādayo tayo kālā;
已对照

于彼[三时]之中,依自身形相而言,诸支是二、八、二。

Dve aṭṭha dve eva ca, sarūpato tesu aṅgāni.
已对照

而应知这有轮有无明与渴爱这两种法为根。它依从前际引来而以无明为根、以受为终,依向后际相续而以渴爱为根、以老死为终——如是有两种。此中,前者是依见行者而说的,后者是依爱行者[而说的]。因为对见行者而言,无明是轮回的引导者;对爱行者而言,渴爱[是轮回的引导者]。或者第一种是为了根除断见,因为它以果之生起显示了诸因不断;第二种是为了根除常见,因为它显示了已生起者的老死。或者前者是依胎卧者[而说的],因为它显明次第的转起;后者是依化生者[而说的],因为它显明同时的生起。

Tassa kho panetassa bhavacakkassa avijjā taṇhā cāti dve dhammā mūlanti veditabbā. Tadetaṃ pubbantāharaṇato avijjāmūlaṃ vedanāvasānaṃ, aparantasantānato taṇhāmūlaṃ jarāmaraṇāvasānanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha purimaṃ diṭṭhicaritavasena vuttaṃ, pacchimaṃ taṇhācaritavasena. Diṭṭhicaritānaṃ hi avijjā, taṇhācaritānañca taṇhā saṃsāranāyikā. Ucchedadiṭṭhisamugghātāya vā paṭhamaṃ, phaluppattiyā hetūnaṃ anupacchedappakāsanato, sassatadiṭṭhisamugghātāya dutiyaṃ, uppannānaṃ jarāmaraṇappakāsanato. Gabbhaseyyakavasena vā purimaṃ, anupubbapavattidīpanato, opapātikavasena pacchimaṃ, sahuppattidīpanato.
已对照

而它有过去、现在、未来三时。在这些[时]中,依在圣典中以自身形相出现而言,「无明与行」这两支属过去时;从识开始、以有为终的八[支]属现在时;生与老死这两[支]属未来时——应如是了知。

Atītapaccuppannānāgatā cassa tayo kālā. Tesu pāḷiyaṃ sarūpato āgatavasena ‘‘avijjā, saṅkhārā cā’’ti dve aṅgāni atītakālāni. Viññāṇādīni bhavāvasānāni aṭṭha paccuppannakālāni. Jāti ceva jarāmaraṇañca dve anāgatakālānīti veditabbāni.
654缅 2.214已对照

六百五十四、再者——

「这[有轮]具有以因、果、因为前分的三连结,与四分的摄;

以二十行相为辐,具三轮转,不停住地旋转。」

也应如是了知。

此中,诸行与结生识之间,有一个名为因果连结的;受与渴爱之间,有一个名为果因连结的;有与生之间,有一个因果连结——如是应知这[有轮]「具有以因、果、因为前分的三连结」。

而它有由诸连结的起首与终末所界定的四种摄,即:无明与行是一摄;识、名色、六处、触、受是第二[摄];渴爱、取、有是第三[摄];生与老死是第四[摄]。如是应知这[有轮]「具有四分的摄」。

过去的五因,现在的五果;

现在的五因,未来的五果。

而应知:由于这些称为二十行相的辐,[它]「以二十行相为辐」。此中,「过去的五因(atīte hetavo pañca)」者:首先,无明与行这二者正是已说了的。而由于无知者渴求,渴求者执取,以他的取为缘而有有,所以渴爱、取、有也被取了。所以[《无碍解道》中]说:「于前世业有中:痴是无明,积集是诸行,爱著是渴爱,趣近是取,思是有——此五法于前世业有中,是此处结生的缘。」(《无碍解道》1.47)

此中,「于前世业有中(purimakammabhavasmiṃ)」者:即于先前的业有中,义即于过去生作业有之时。「痴是无明(moho avijjā)」者:即当时于苦等[所起]的痴,由它而愚痴者造业,那[痴]即是无明。「积集是诸行(āyūhanā saṅkhārā)」者:即造作那业者的诸先前思,例如生起「我要布施」之心后,一个月甚至一年准备布施资具者所生起的诸先前思。而使施物安立于诸受者手中者的思,称为「有」。或者于同一转向的六个速行中的思,名为积集、[即]诸行;第七[速行中的思]是有。或者任何思[皆]是有,[与之]相应的[诸法]名为积集、[即]诸行。「爱著是渴爱(nikanti taṇhā)」者:即造业者对果、[即]对生有的欲求、希求,那名为渴爱。「趣近是取(upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ)」者:即作为业有之缘、依「作了这个,我将于某某名处受用诸欲、[或]将断灭」等之法而转起的趣近、[即]执取、[即]执着,这名为取。「思是有(cetanā bhavo)」者:即在积集之末所说的思是有——应如是了知其义。

「现在的五果(idāni phalapañcakaṃ)」者:即从识开始、以受为终的[五法],正是在圣典中出现的。即如所说:「此处结生是识,入胎是名色,净色是处,所触是触,所受是受——此五法于此处生有中,是先前所作之业的果。」(《无碍解道》1.47)此中,「结生是识(paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ)」者:即由依他有之结生而生起[之性]被称为『结生』的那识。「入胎是名色(okkanti nāmarūpaṃ)」者:即诸色与非色法犹如来而进入胎中一般的入,这[即]是名色。「净色是处(pasādo āyatanaṃ)」者:这是依眼等五处而说的。「所触是触(phuṭṭho phasso)」者:即触所缘、[即]接触而生起者,这[即]是触。「所受是受(vedayitaṃ vedanā)」者:即与结生识、或与以六处为缘的触俱生起的异熟所受,那[即]是受——应如是了知其义。

「现在的五因(idāni hetavo pañca)」者:即渴爱等,[也就是]在圣典中出现的渴爱、取、有。而当有被取了,作为它的前分的、或与它相应的诸行,便正已被取了;又以取渴爱与取,与它们相应的、或由之而愚痴者造业的那无明,便正已被取了。如是[成为]五[因]。所以[《无碍解道》中]说:「此处由诸处之已成熟,痴是无明,积集是诸行,爱著是渴爱,趣近是取,思是有——此五法于此处业有中,是未来结生的缘。」(《无碍解道》1.47)此中,「此处由诸处之已成熟(idha paripakkattā āyatanānaṃ)」者:[这]显示的是诸处已成熟者于造业之时的迷乱。其余的义正是浅显的。

「未来的五果(āyatiṃ phalapañcakaṃ)」者:即识等五[法]。它们是以取「生」而说的。而老死正是它们的老死。所以[《无碍解道》中]说:「未来结生是识,入胎是名色,净色是处,所触是触,所受是受——此五法于未来生有中,是此处所作之业的果。」(《无碍解道》1.47)如是,这[有轮]「以二十行相为辐」。

而于「具三轮转,不停住地旋转(tivaṭṭamanavaṭṭhitaṃ bhamati)」这里:诸行与有是业轮转,无明、渴爱、取是烦恼轮转,识、名色、六处、触、受是异熟轮转——这有轮以这三种轮转而「具三轮转」;只要烦恼轮转未被断绝,由于缘未被断绝,便「不停住」,由于一再回转,便「正在旋转」——应如是了知。

654. Puna,
‘‘Hetuphalahetupubbaka-tisandhicatubhedasaṅgahañcetaṃ;
Vīsati ākārāraṃ, tivaṭṭamanavaṭṭhitaṃ bhamati’’.
Itipi veditabbaṃ.
Tattha saṅkhārānañca paṭisandhiviññāṇassa ca antarā eko hetuphalasandhi nāma. Vedanāya ca taṇhāya ca antarā eko phalahetusandhi nāma. Bhavassa ca jātiyā ca antarā eko hetuphalasandhīti evamidaṃ hetuphalahetupubbakatisandhīti veditabbaṃ.
Sandhīnaṃ ādipariyosānavavatthitā panassa cattāro saṅgahā honti. Seyyathidaṃ – avijjāsaṅkhārā eko saṅgaho. Viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā dutiyo. Taṇhupādānabhavā tatiyo. Jātijarāmaraṇaṃ catutthoti. Evamidaṃ catubhedasaṅgahanti veditabbaṃ.
Atīte hetavo pañca, idāni phalapañcakaṃ;
Idāni hetavo pañca, āyatiṃ phalapañcakanti.
Etehi pana vīsatiyā ākārasaṅkhātehi arehi vīsatiākārāranti veditabbaṃ. Tattha atīte hetavo pañcāti avijjā saṅkhārā cāti ime tāva dve vuttā eva. Yasmā pana avidvā paritassati, paritassito upādiyati, tassupādānapaccayā bhavo. Tasmā taṇhupādānabhavāpi gahitā honti. Tenāha ‘‘purimakammabhavasmiṃ moho avijjā, āyūhanā saṅkhārā, nikanti taṇhā, upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ, cetanā bhavoti ime pañca dhammā purimakammabhavasmiṃ idha paṭisandhiyā paccayā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.47).
Tattha purimakammabhavasminti purime kammabhave, atītajātiyaṃ kammabhave kariyamāneti attho. Moho avijjāti yo tadā dukkhādīsu moho, yena mūḷho kammaṃ karoti, sā avijjā. Āyūhanā saṅkhārāti taṃ kammaṃ karoto yā purimacetanāyo, yathā ‘‘dānaṃ dassāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetvā māsampi saṃvaccharampi dānupakaraṇāni sajjentassa uppannā purimacetanāyo. Paṭiggāhakānaṃ pana hatthe dakkhiṇaṃ patiṭṭhāpayato cetanā bhavoti vuccati. Ekāvajjanesu vā chasu javanesu cetanā āyūhanā saṅkhārā nāma. Sattame bhavo. Yā kāci vā pana cetanā bhavo. Sampayuttā āyūhanā saṅkhārā nāma. Nikanti taṇhāti yā kammaṃ karontassa phale upapattibhave nikāmanā patthanā, sā taṇhā nāma. Upagamanaṃ upādānanti yaṃ kammabhavassa paccayabhūtaṃ ‘‘idaṃ katvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne kāme sevissāmi ucchijjissāmī’’tiādinā nayena pavattaṃ upagamanaṃ gahaṇaṃ parāmasanaṃ, idaṃ upādānaṃ nāma. Cetanā bhavoti āyūhanāvasāne vuttā cetanā bhavoti evamattho veditabbo.
Idāni phalapañcakanti viññāṇādivedanāvasānaṃ pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva. Yathāha – ‘‘idha paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ, okkanti nāmarūpaṃ, pasādo āyatanaṃ, phuṭṭho phasso, vedayitaṃ vedanā, ime pañca dhammā idhūpapattibhavasmiṃ purekatassa kammassa paccayā’’ti (paṭi. 1.47). Tattha paṭisandhi viññāṇanti yaṃ bhavantarapaṭisandhānavasena uppannattā paṭisandhīti vuccati, taṃ viññāṇaṃ. Okkanti nāmarūpanti yā gabbhe rūpārūpadhammānaṃ okkanti āgantvā pavisanaṃ viya, idaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Pasādo āyatananti idaṃ cakkhādipañcāyatanavasena vuttaṃ. Phuṭṭho phassoti yo ārammaṇaṃ phuṭṭho phusanto uppanno, ayaṃ phasso. Vedayitaṃ vedanāti yaṃ paṭisandhiviññāṇena vā saḷāyatanapaccayena vā phassena saha uppannaṃ vipākavedayitaṃ, sā vedanāti evamattho veditabbo.
Idāni hetavo pañcāti taṇhādayo pāḷiyaṃ āgatā taṇhupādānabhavā. Bhave pana gahite tassa pubbabhāgā taṃsampayuttā vā saṅkhārā gahitāva honti. Taṇhupādānaggahaṇena ca taṃsampayuttā, yāya vā mūḷho kammaṃ karoti, sā avijjā gahitāva hotīti. Evaṃ pañca. Tenāha ‘‘idha paripakkattā āyatanānaṃ moho avijjā, āyūhanā saṅkhārā, nikanti taṇhā, upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ, cetanā bhavoti ime pañca dhammā idha kammabhavasmiṃ āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.47). Tattha idha paripakkattā āyatanānanti paripakkāyatanassa kammakaraṇakāle sammoho dassito. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
Āyatiṃ phalapañcakanti viññāṇādīni pañca. Tāni jātiggahaṇena vuttāni. Jarāmaraṇaṃ pana tesaṃyeva jarāmaraṇaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘āyatiṃ paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ, okkanti nāmarūpaṃ, pasādo āyatanaṃ, phuṭṭho phasso, vedayitaṃ vedanā, ime pañca dhammā āyatiṃ upapattibhavasmiṃ idha katassa kammassa paccayā’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.47). Evamidaṃ vīsati ākārāraṃ hoti.
Tivaṭṭamanavaṭṭhitaṃ bhamatīti ettha pana saṅkhārabhavā kammavaṭṭaṃ, avijjātaṇhupādānāni kilesavaṭṭaṃ, viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedanā vipākavaṭṭanti imehi tīhi vaṭṭehi tivaṭṭamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ yāva kilesavaṭṭaṃ na upacchijjati, tāva anupacchinnapaccayattā anavaṭṭhitaṃ punappunaṃ parivattanato bhamatiyevāti veditabbaṃ.
655已对照

六百五十五、这如是旋转的[有轮]——

655. Tayidamevaṃ bhamamānaṃ,
已对照

应依由谛而生、依作用、依遮止、依譬喻,

Saccappabhavato kiccā, vāraṇā upamāhi ca;
已对照

依甚深与理趣的差别,随其所应地了知。

Gambhīranayabhedā ca, viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
缅 2.217已对照

此中,由于在〈谛分别〉中说「善与不善业,不加区别地都是集谛」,所以「以无明为缘而有行」[这一句中],由无明[而有]的诸行,是由第二谛而生的第二谛;由诸行[而有]的识,是由第二谛而生的第一谛;由识等[而有]的、以异熟受为终的名色等,是由第一谛而生的第一谛;由受[而有]的渴爱,是由第一谛而生的第二谛;由渴爱[而有]的取,是由第二谛而生的第二谛;由取[而有]的有,是由第二谛而生的第一、第二两谛;由有[而有]的生,是由第二谛而生的第一谛;由生[而有]的老死,是由第一谛而生的第一谛——如是,首先应依由谛而生随其所应地了知这[有轮]。

Tattha yasmā kusalākusalaṃ kammaṃ avisesena samudayasaccanti saccavibhaṅge vuttaṃ, tasmā avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti avijjāya saṅkhārā dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ. Saṅkhārehi viññāṇaṃ dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ. Viññāṇādīhi nāmarūpādīni vipākavedanāpariyosānāni paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ. Vedanāya taṇhā paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ. Taṇhāya upādānaṃ dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ dutiyasaccaṃ. Upādānato bhavo dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamadutiyasaccadvayaṃ. Bhavato jāti dutiyasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccaṃ. Jātiyā jarāmaraṇaṃ paṭhamasaccappabhavaṃ paṭhamasaccanti evaṃ tāvidaṃ saccappabhavato viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
656已对照

六百五十六、而由于此中,无明既使众生于诸事物迷惑,又为诸行的显现之缘;同样,诸行既造作有为,又为识之缘;识也既识知事物,又为名色之缘;名色也既互相支持,又为六处之缘;六处也既于各自的境转起,又为触之缘;触也既触所缘,又为受之缘;受也既领受所缘之味,又为渴爱之缘;渴爱也既于可染著之法染著,又为取之缘;取也既执取可执取之法,又为有之缘;有也既投掷于种种趣,又为生之缘;生也既生诸蕴——因为它是以它们的出生之性而转起的——又为老死之缘;老死也既主宰诸蕴的成熟与破坏之性,又由于是愁等的依处而为他有显现之缘。所以,也应依在一切句中两方面转起的作用,随其所应地了知这[有轮]。

656. Yasmā panettha avijjā vatthūsu ca satte sammoheti, paccayo ca hoti saṅkhārānaṃ pātubhāvāya. Tathā saṅkhārā saṅkhatañca abhisaṅkharonti, paccayā ca honti viññāṇassa. Viññāṇampi vatthuñca paṭivijānāti, paccayo ca hoti nāmarūpassa. Nāmarūpampi aññamaññañca upatthambheti, paccayo ca hoti saḷāyatanassa. Saḷāyatanampi savisaye ca pavattati, paccayo ca hoti phassassa. Phassopi ārammaṇañca phusati, paccayo ca hoti vedanāya. Vedanāpi ārammaṇarasañca anubhavati, paccayo ca hoti taṇhāya. Taṇhāpi rajjanīye ca dhamme rajjati, paccayo ca hoti upādānassa. Upādānampi upādāniye ca dhamme upādiyati, paccayo ca hoti bhavassa. Bhavopi nānāgatīsu ca vikkhipati, paccayo ca hoti jātiyā. Jātipi khandhe ca janeti tesaṃ abhinibbattibhāvena pavattattā, paccayo ca hoti jarāmaraṇassa. Jarāmaraṇampi khandhānaṃ pākabhedabhāvañca adhitiṭṭhati, paccayo ca hoti bhavantarapātubhāvāya sokādīnaṃ adhiṭṭhānattā. Tasmā sabbapadesu dvedhā pavattikiccatopi idaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
657已对照

六百五十七、而由于此中,「以无明为缘而有行」这[一句]是遮止作者之见;「以行为缘而有识」是遮止自我转移之见;「以识为缘而有名色」由于显示了被妄计为「自我」之物的分解,是遮止坚厚想;「以名色为缘而有六处」等是遮止「自我在见……乃至……在识知、在触、在受、在渴求、在执取、在成为、在出生、在老、在死」等之见。所以,也应依遮止邪见,随其所应地了知这有轮。

657. Yasmā cettha avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti idaṃ kārakadassananivāraṇaṃ. Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti attasaṅkantidassananivāraṇaṃ. Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti ‘‘attā’’tiparikappitavatthubhedadassanato ghanasaññānivāraṇaṃ. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanantiādi attā passati…pe… vijānāti, phusati, vedayati, taṇhiyati, upādiyati, bhavati, jāyati, jīyati, mīyatītievamādidassananivāraṇaṃ. Tasmā micchādassananivāraṇatopetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
658缅 2.218已对照

六百五十八、而由于此中,由于不依自相与共相见诸法,无明犹如盲人;以无明为缘而有行,犹如盲人的绊跌;以行为缘而有识,犹如绊跌者的跌倒;以识为缘而有名色,犹如跌倒者生起肿疱;以名色为缘而有六处,犹如肿疱破裂而成的小疱;以六处为缘而有触,犹如肿疱、小疱被碰撞;以触为缘而有受,犹如碰撞之苦;以受为缘而有爱,犹如对苦的对治之希求;以爱为缘而有取,犹如由对治之希求而取不适宜之物;以取为缘而有有,犹如涂上所取的不适宜之物;以有为缘而有生,犹如由涂上不适宜之物而显现肿疱的病变;以生为缘而有老死,犹如由肿疱的病变而有肿疱的破裂。或者由于此中,无明以不行道、邪行道之性压制众生,犹如翳膜[压制]诸眼;而被它压制的愚人,以导致再有的诸行缠裹自己,犹如结茧之虫以茧的诸层[缠裹自己];被诸行所摄持的识于诸趣中得到立足,犹如被将军所摄持的王子于王位中[得到立足];由于构想受生之相,识于结生时引生多种多样的名色,犹如幻术师[变出]幻术;立足于名色的六处达到增长、增广、广大,犹如立足于良田的丛林;由诸处的碰撞而生触,犹如由钻火木的相互摩擦而生火;被触所触者显现受,犹如被火所触者[显现]灼热;正在感受者的渴爱增长,犹如饮咸水者的渴;渴求者对诸有起希求,犹如口渴者对饮水[起希求];那便是他的取,他以取执取有,犹如鱼由于贪饵而[咬住]钓钩;有有时便有生,犹如有种子时便有芽;已生者必定有老死,犹如已长成之树的倒下。所以,也应如是依譬喻,随其所应地了知这有轮。

658. Yasmā panettha salakkhaṇasāmaññalakkhaṇavasena dhammānaṃ adassanato andho viya avijjā. Andhassa upakkhalanaṃ viya avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā. Upakkhalitassa patanaṃ viya saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ. Patitassa gaṇḍapātubhāvo viya viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ. Gaṇḍabhedapīḷakā viya nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ. Gaṇḍapīḷakāghaṭṭanaṃ viya saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso. Ghaṭṭanadukkhaṃ viya phassapaccayā vedanā, dukkhassa paṭikārābhilāso viya vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Paṭikārābhilāsena asappāyaggahaṇaṃ viya taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ. Upādiṇṇaasappāyālepanaṃ viya upādānapaccayā bhavo. Asappāyālepanena gaṇḍavikārapātubhāvo viya bhavapaccayā jāti. Gaṇḍavikārato gaṇḍabhedo viya jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ. Yasmā vā panettha avijjā appaṭipattimicchāpaṭipattibhāvena satte abhibhavati paṭalaṃ viya akkhīni. Tadabhibhūto ca bālo punabbhavikehi saṅkhārehi attānaṃ veṭheti kosakārakimi viya kosappadesehi. Saṅkhārapariggahitaṃ viññāṇaṃ gatīsu patiṭṭhaṃ labhati pariṇāyakapariggahito viya rājakumāro rajje. Upapattinimittaparikappanato viññāṇaṃ paṭisandhiyaṃ anekappakāraṃ nāmarūpaṃ abhinibbatteti māyākāro viya māyaṃ. Nāmarūpe patiṭṭhitaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti subhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhito vanappagumbo viya. Āyatanaghaṭṭanato phasso jāyati araṇisahitābhimanthanato aggi viya. Phassena phuṭṭhassa vedanā pātubhavati agginā phuṭṭhassa dāho viya. Vedayamānassa taṇhā pavaḍḍhati loṇūdakaṃ pivato pipāsā viya. Tasito bhavesu abhilāsaṃ karoti pipāsito viya pānīye. Tadassupādānaṃ, upādānena bhavaṃ upādiyati āmisalobhena maccho baḷisaṃ viya. Bhave sati jāti hoti bīje sati aṅkuro viya. Jātassa avassaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ uppannassa rukkhassa patanaṃ viya. Tasmā evaṃ upamāhipetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
659已对照

六百五十九、而由于世尊是就依义、依法、依教说、依通达的甚深性而说了「阿难,这缘起是甚深的,显现[也]是甚深的」(《长部》2.95;《相应部》2.60),所以也应依甚深的差别,随其所应地了知这有轮。

659. Yasmā ca bhagavatā atthatopi dhammatopi desanatopi paṭivedhatopi gambhīrabhāvaṃ sandhāya ‘‘gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso cā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.95; saṃ. ni. 2.60) vuttaṃ, tasmā gambhīrabhedatopetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
缅 2.219已对照

此中,由于老死并非不从生而有,也并非离了生而从别处有,而是如此从生而集成——如是,由于老死之以生为缘而集成之义难以觉了,老死之「以生为缘而生成、而集成」义是甚深的;同样,生之以有为缘……乃至……诸行之「以无明为缘而生成、而集成」义是甚深的。所以这有轮是义甚深的——这首先是此中的义甚深性。因为因之果称为「义」。即如所说:「于因之果之智[是]义无碍解。」(《分别论》720)

Tattha yasmā na jātito jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, na ca jātiṃ vinā aññato hoti, itthañca jātito samudāgacchatīti evaṃ jātipaccayasamudāgataṭṭhassa duravabodhanīyato jarāmaraṇassa jātipaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho gambhīro. Tathā jātiyā bhavapaccaya…pe… saṅkhārānaṃ avijjāpaccayasambhūtasamudāgataṭṭho gambhīro. Tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ atthagambhīranti ayaṃ tāvettha atthagambhīratā. Hetuphalañhi atthoti vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 720).
已对照

而由于无明以何种行相、在何种状态下为那些诸行之缘,这难以觉了,所以无明之为诸行的缘之义是甚深的;同样,诸行之……乃至……生之为老死的缘之义是甚深的。所以这有轮是法甚深的——这是此中的法甚深性。因为「法」是因的名称。即如所说:「于因之智[是]法无碍解。」(《分别论》720)

Yasmā pana yenākārena yadavatthā ca avijjā tesaṃ tesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti, tassa duravabodhanīyato avijjāya saṅkhārānaṃ paccayaṭṭho gambhīro. Tathā saṅkhārānaṃ…pe… jātiyā jarāmaraṇassa paccayaṭṭho gambhīro, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ dhammagambhīranti ayamettha dhammagambhīratā. Hetuno hi dhammoti nāmaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā’’ti (vibha. 720).
已对照

而由于它须依这样那样的理由而这样那样地转起[教说],所以教说也是甚深的,在其中除一切知智外,别无他智能得立足。正因如此,这[缘起]在某些经中依顺次而说,在某些[经中]依逆次,在某些[经中]依顺逆次,在某些[经中]从中间起始而依顺次或依逆次,在某些[经中]是三连结四略摄,在某些[经中]是二连结三略摄,在某些[经中]是一连结二略摄。所以这有轮是教说甚深的——这是教说甚深性。

Yasmā cassa tena tena kāraṇena tathā tathā pavattetabbattā desanāpi gambhīrā, na tattha sabbaññutaññāṇato aññaṃ ñāṇaṃ patiṭṭhaṃ labhati. Tathāhetaṃ katthaci sutte anulomato, katthaci paṭilomato, katthaci anulomapaṭilomato, katthaci vemajjhato paṭṭhāya anulomato vā paṭilomato vā, katthaci tisandhicatusaṅkhepaṃ, katthaci dvisandhitisaṅkhepaṃ, katthaci ekasandhidvisaṅkhepaṃ desitaṃ, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ desanāgambhīranti ayaṃ desanāgambhīratā.
缅 2.220已对照

而由于此中,无明等的那自性——由通达它,无明等便依自相而被正确地通达——由于难以深入,是甚深的,所以这有轮是通达甚深的。正因如此,此中无明之不知、不见、不通达谛之义是甚深的;诸行之造作、积集、有贪、离贪之义[是甚深的];识之空、无作用、不迁移、结生显现之义[是甚深的];名色之一同生起、可分、不可分、倾向、变坏之义[是甚深的];六处之增上、世间、门、田、有境之义[是甚深的];触之触、冲击、和合、集会之义[是甚深的];受之领受所缘之味、乐、苦、中庸性、无命、所受之义[是甚深的];渴爱之欢喜、耽著、河流、藤蔓、河、爱之海、难以填满之义[是甚深的];取之取、执持、执著、遍取、难以超越之义[是甚深的];有之积集、造作、投掷于生、趣、住、居之义[是甚深的];生之生、等生、入胎、出生、显现之义[是甚深的];老死之尽、灭、坏、变异之义是甚深的——这是此中的通达甚深性。

Yasmā cettha yo so avijjādīnaṃ sabhāvo, yena paṭividdhena avijjādayo sammā salakkhaṇato paṭividdhā honti, so duppariyogāhattā gambhīro, tasmā idaṃ bhavacakkaṃ paṭivedhagambhīraṃ. Tathā hettha avijjāya aññāṇādassanasaccāsampaṭivedhaṭṭho gambhīro, saṅkhārānaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇāyūhanasarāgavirāgaṭṭho, viññāṇassa suññataabyāpāraasaṅkantipaṭisandhipātubhāvaṭṭho, nāmarūpassa ekuppādavinibbhogāvinibbhoganamanaruppanaṭṭho, saḷāyatanassa adhipatilokadvārakhettavisayibhāvaṭṭho, phassassa phusanasaṅghaṭṭanasaṅgatisannipātaṭṭho, vedanāya ārammaṇarasānubhavanasukhadukkhamajjhattabhāvanijjīvavedayitaṭṭho. Taṇhāya abhinanditajjhosānasaritālatānadītaṇhāsamuddaduppūraṭṭho, upādānassa ādānaggahaṇābhinivesaparāmāsaduratikkamaṭṭho, bhavassa āyūhanābhisaṅkharaṇayonigatiṭhitinivāsesukhipanaṭṭho, jātiyā jāti sañjāti okkanti nibbatti pātubhāvaṭṭho, jarāmaraṇassa khayavayabhedavipariṇāmaṭṭho gambhīroti ayamettha paṭivedhagambhīratā.
660已对照

六百六十、而由于此中有一性理趣、种种性理趣、无作用理趣、如是法性理趣这四种义的理趣,所以也应依理趣的差别,随其所应地了知这有轮。

660. Yasmā panettha ekattanayo, nānattanayo, abyāpāranayo, evaṃdhammatānayoti cattāro atthanayā honti, tasmā nayabhedatopetaṃ bhavacakkaṃ viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
已对照

此中,「以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识」——如是,犹如种子经由芽等之性而达到树之性,相续的不断名为一性理趣。正确地见它者,由于觉了相续依因果的连结而不断,便舍断断见;错误地见[它]者,由于以一性执取依因果的连结而转起的相续之不断,便执取常见。

Tattha avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti evaṃ bījassa aṅkurādibhāvena rukkhabhāvappatti viya santānānupacchedo ekattanayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto hetuphalasambandhena santānassa anupacchedāvabodhato ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati. Micchā passanto hetuphalasambandhena pavattamānassa santānānupacchedassa ekattagahaṇato sassatadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
已对照

而无明等各依自相的差别,名为种种性理趣。正确地见它者,由于见到新而又新者的生起,便舍断常见;错误地见[它]者,由于对落于一相续者,如对已断的相续一般作种种性的执取,便执取断见。

Avijjādīnaṃ pana yathāsakaṃlakkhaṇavavatthānaṃ nānattanayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto navanavānaṃ uppādadassanato sassatadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati. Micchā passanto ekasantānapatitassa bhinnasantānasseva nānattaggahaṇato ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
已对照

无明之「诸行应由我生起」、或诸行之「识应由我们[生起]」——如是等作用的无有,名为无作用理趣。正确地见它者,由于觉了作者的无有,便舍断我见;错误地见[它]者,由于不执取那虽无作用、却依自性的决定而成立的无明等的因性,便执取无作见。

Avijjāya saṅkhārā mayā uppādetabbā, saṅkhārānaṃ vā viññāṇaṃ amhehīti evamādibyāpārābhāvo abyāpāranayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto kārakassa abhāvāvabodhato attadiṭṭhiṃ pajahati. Micchā passanto yo asatipi byāpāre avijjādīnaṃ sabhāvaniyamasiddho hetubhāvo, tassa aggahaṇato akiriyadiṭṭhiṃ upādiyati.
缅 2.221已对照

而由无明等诸因只生起诸行等,犹如由乳等[只生起]酪等,而非[生起]其他——这名为如是法性理趣。正确地见它者,由于依缘之相应而觉了果,便舍断无因见与无作见;错误地见[它]者,由于不执取依缘之相应的果之转起,而执取「任何[果]都不从任何[因]而生」,便执取无因见与决定论。如是,这有轮——

Avijjādīhi pana kāraṇehi saṅkhārādīnaṃyeva sambhavo khīrādīhi dadhiādīnaṃ viya, na aññesanti ayaṃ evaṃdhammatānayo nāma. Yaṃ sammā passanto paccayānurūpato phalāvabodhā ahetukadiṭṭhiṃ akiriyadiṭṭhiñca pajahati. Micchā passanto paccayānurūpaṃ phalappavattiṃ aggahetvā yato kutoci yassa kassaci asambhavaggahaṇato ahetukadiṭṭhiñceva niyatavādañca upādiyatīti evamidaṃ bhavacakkaṃ,
已对照

应依由谛而生、依作用、依遮止、依譬喻,

Saccappabhavato kiccā, vāraṇāupamāhi ca;
已对照

依甚深与理趣的差别,随其所应地了知。

Gambhīranayabhedā ca, viññātabbaṃ yathārahaṃ.
661已对照

六百六十一、因为这[有轮]由于极甚深而深不见底,由于种种理趣稠密而难以通行。若不以在殊胜定的磨石上磨得锐利的智之剑,

劈开这犹如雷轮一般常常碾压的有轮,

则无有任何人越过轮回的怖畏,即使在梦中也没有。

因为这也已由世尊说过:「阿难,这缘起是甚深的,显现[也]是甚深的。阿难,正由于对此法不随觉、不通达,这些人才如线团般纠结、如织线团般缠结、如文阇草与波罗婆草一般,不能超越苦界、恶趣、堕处、轮回。」(《大品》95;《相应部》2.60)所以,为自己或他人的利益与安乐而行道者,应舍弃其余诸事务,

于此甚深的缘之行相的类别中,智者

应常具念而勤修,使能得到立足之处。

661. Idañhi atigambhīrato agādhaṃ. Nānānayagahanato duratiyānaṃ. Ñāṇāsinā samādhipavarasilāyaṃ sunisitena,
Bhavacakkamapadāletvā, asanivicakkamiva niccanimmathanaṃ;
Saṃsārabhayamatīto, na koci supinantarepyatthi.
Vuttampi hetaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca. Etassa cānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṃ pajā tantākulakajātā kulāgaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattatī’’ti (mahāva. 95; saṃ. ni. 2.60). Tasmā attano vā paresaṃ vā hitāya ca sukhāya ca paṭipanno avasesakiccāni pahāya,
Gambhīre paccayākārappabhede idha paṇḍito;
Yathā gādhaṃ labhethevamanuyuñje sadā satoti.
已对照

如是,在为令善人愉悦而造的《清净道论》中,

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge
已对照

于慧的修习之部,

Paññābhāvanādhikāre
已对照

名为〈慧地的解说〉的

Paññābhūminiddeso nāma
已对照

第十七章[终]。

Sattarasamo paricchedo.